Skip to main content

Full text of "New England Journal of Public Policy (NEJPP)"

See other formats


PER 

JK 

2295 

N53 

N5 

V 

.10  no, 

2 

F 

al/Win 

1994 

Univ.  of  Mass  Bosto 


Fall/Winter  1994 
Vol.  10,  No.  2 


1*1938 

Ss  Bm<m 


New  England 
Journal  of 
Public  Policy 


A  Journal  of  the 

John  W.  McCormack  Institute 

of  Public  Affairs 

University  of  Massachusetts  Boston 

and  the 

Center  for  Policy  Analysis 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


A  Journal  of  the  John  W.  McCormack  Institute  of  Public  Affairs 

University  of  Massachusetts  Boston 

and  the 

Center  for  Policy  Analysis 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 


Sherry  H.  Penney,Chancellor 
University  of  Massachusetts  Boston 

Raymond  G.  Torto,  Director 
John  W.  McCormack  Institute 
of  Public  Affairs 


Peter  Cressy,  Chancellor 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

Clyde  W.  Barrow,  Director 
Center  for  Policy  Analysis 


Editorial  Board 

Padraig  O'Malley,  Editor-in-Chief 


Ian  Menzies 
Edmund  Beard 
Albert  P.  Cardarelli 
Phyllis  Freeman 

Editorial  Staff 

Geraldine  C.  Morse,  Copy  Editor 
Karin  Swenson,  Circulation 
Angela  Federici,  Circulation 


Clyde  W.  Barrow,  Managing  Editor 
Robert  Hackey,  Assistant  Managing  Editor 

John  Carroll 
William  Hogan 
Toby  E.  Huff 


Dietmar  Winkler,  Design  Coordinator 
Bruce  Rader,  Designer 


The  John  W.  McCormack  Institute  of  Public  Affairs  is  named  for  the  Speaker  of  the  United  States 
House  of  Representatives  from  1962  to  1971.  John  W.  McCormack  was  born  in  South  Boston, 
less  than  a  mile  from  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Boston  Harbor  Campus.  The  McCormack 
Institute  represents  the  university's  commitment  to  applied  policy  research  —  particularly  on 
issues  of  concern  to  New  England  —  and  to  public  affairs  education  and  public  service. 

The  Center  for  Policy  Analysis  is  a  multidisciplinary  research  unit  dedicated  to  the  creation  and 
dissemination  of  knowledge  that  facilitates  economic,  social,  and  political  development. 
The  Center  aims  to  enhance  the  economic  and  social  well-being  of  citizens  by  providing  research, 
information,  and  technical  assistance  to  government,  nonprofit,  and  educational  agencies. 

The  New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy  is  published  by  the  John  W.  McCormack  Institute  of 
Public  Affairs,  University  of  Massachusetts  Boston,  and  the  Center  for  Policy  Analysis,  University 
of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth.  Subscriptions  are  $100  per  year  for  institutions,  $40  per  year  for 
libraries,  and  $20  per  year  for  individuals.  Manuscripts  and  correspondence  should  be  sent  to  the 
Managing  Editor,  New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy,  Center  for  Policy  Analysis,  University 
of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  285  Old  Westport  Road,  North  Dartmouth,  Massachusetts  02747- 
2300  (telephone:  508-999-8943;  fax:  508-999-8374).  See  Guidelines  for  Contributors  on  inside 
back  cover. 

Copyright  ©  1994  by  the  John  W.  McCormack  Institute  of  Public  Affairs  and  the  Center  for 

Policy  Analysis 


ISSN:  0749-0 16X 


New  England  Faii/mmer  1994 

Journal  of  voiio,no.2 

Public  Policy 


Editor's  Note 


Padraig  O'Malley 

Access  to  Capital  and  Technical  Assistance 


Richard  J.  Ward,  Ph.D. 


Improving  Education  and  Training 
for  Economic  Development 


Joan  McRae  Stoia 


Economic  Growth  Issues  in  Massachusetts 
Rural  Areas  and  Small  Cities 


Nancy  Goff 

Investing  in  Economic  Infrastructure 


Paul  W.  Shuldiner,  D.E. 


The  Economy  and  the  Regulatory  Environment: 
In  Search  of  a  New  Paradigm 


Zenia  Kotval,  Ph.D.,  AICP 
John  Mullin,  Ph.D.,  AICP 


Budget  Policy  and  Fiscal  Crisis:  A  Political  Matrix 


Francis  J.  Leazes,  Jr. 
Robert  Sieczkiewicz 


Implementing  Retrenchment  Strategies: 

A  Comparison  of  State  Governments  and  Public  Higher  Education 

Marvin  Druker 
Betty  Robinson 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

University  of  Massachusetts,  Boston 


http://archive.org/details/newenglandjour102john 


Editor's  Note 


Padraig  0' Ma  I  ley 


With  a  great  deal  of  pride,  the  New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy  is  pleased  to 
announce  a  new  partnership.  Beginning  with  this  issue,  the  journal  becomes  a 
joint  publication  of  the  John  W.  McCormack  Institute  of  Public  Affairs,  University  of 
Massachusetts  Boston,  and  the  Center  for  Policy  Analysis,  University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth.  Both  bring  to  the  joint  venture  special  skills  that  complement  each  other; 
both  are  committed  to  holding  the  quality  of  the  publication  to  the  same  rigorous  stan- 
dards that  intellectual  integrity  demands,  and  both  are  committed  to  maintaining  the 
degree  of  accessibility  that  has  been  a  hallmark  of  the  journal  since  its  inception. 

We  believe  that  complex  social  issues,  which  are  often  beyond  the  grasp  of  informed 
readers  when  the  incomprehensible  and  often  stultifying  jargon  of  particular  disci- 
plines is  the  means  of  expression,  can  be  brought  within  their  grasp  when  the  language 
of  expression  is  the  language  people  understand.  As  we  rattle  our  way  down  the  in- 
formation superhighway,  we  should  be  looking  for  a  shared  vocabulary  and  avoid  the 
temptation  to  speak  in  a  babble  of  tongues.  We  hope  that  theoretician  and  practi- 
tioner, public  servant  and  elected  official,  will  continue  to  find  the  journal,  under  its  new 
stewardship,  a  beacon  of  insight  and  thoughtfulness  that  will  enhance  the  quality  of 
public  debate  and  bring  new  voices  into  the  auditorium  of  public  policy. 

The  first  five  articles  in  this  issue  have  their  intellectual  roots  in  an  October  1992 
Pioneer  Valley  Regional  Conference  held  at  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst. 
Sponsored  by  the  Executive  Office  of  Economic  Affairs  and  organized  by  the  Donahue 
Institute,  the  conference  brought  together  nearly  two  hundred  business,  civic,  and  eco- 
nomic development  leaders  to  discuss  an  economic  strategy  for  the  state  in  the  context 
of  the  Pioneer  Valley  —  Hampshire  and  Franklin  counties. 

A  number  of  papers  were  commissioned  for  the  conference  to  jump-start  the  discus- 
sion and  to  provide  a  more  finely  honed  frame  of  reference  for  the  challenges  and 
opportunities  facing  the  Pioneer  Valley.  The  authors  of  these  articles  have  updated  their 
data  in  the  light  of  the  changing  circumstances  of  the  region's  economy  in  the  past  two 
years.  What  is,  perhaps,  most  discombobulating  is  that  so  little  has  changed  —  almost 
all  those  conclusions  and  recommendations  have  been  ignored  by  the  state  or  addressed 
in  ways  that  have  ensured  their  failure  to  achieve  their  intended  objectives. 


Padraig  O'Malley  is  a  senior  fellow  at  the  John  W.  McCormack  Institute  of  Public  Affairs,  University  of 
Massachusetts  Boston 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


With  the  world  economy  making  the  boundaries  of  nation-states  increasingly  irrele- 
vant, and  nation-states  themselves  drawing  ever  more  closely  together  by  communica- 
tion and  trading  connections,  the  driving  force  of  economic  change  is  no  longer  energy, 
but  knowledge  and  information.  The  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  in  general  and 
the  Pioneer  Valley  in  particular  are  in  strong  positions  to  capitalize  on  an  education- 
based  competitive  advantage.  The  Pioneer  Valley  alone  houses  a  major  research  univer- 
sity and  more  than  a  dozen  colleges  and  community  colleges. 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst  is  already  playing  a  major  role  in  the  econ- 
omy of  the  region.  First,  its  payroll,  institutional  purchases  of  goods  and  services, 
and  student  spending  add  thousands  of  jobs  and  millions  of  dollars  to  the  region's  econ- 
omy. Second,  its  world-class  faculty  and  facilities  attract  national  and  international 
funding  for  research  projects.  In  a  sense,  each  faculty  member,  as  Nancy  Goff  so  felici- 
tously put  it,  is  a  small  business  supporting  graduate  students  with  grants  from  the  pub- 
lic and  private  sectors.  Third,  entrepreneurial  faculty  and  students  have  been  successful 
in  spinning  off  business  opportunities  directly  from  their  university  work.  Finally,  facul- 
ty, staff,  and  students  work  directly  with  businesses  and  communities  in  the  region,  pro- 
viding information  and  expertise  for  solving  management,  technical,  industrial,  and  eco- 
nomic development  problems. 

The  current  state  administration's  program  calls  for  the  deployment  of  resources  in 
a  number  of  areas,  such  as  providing  capital  for  certain  types  of  new  or  growing 
business  ventures.  Unfortunately,  this  has  not  proved  to  be  so  simple,  illustrating  once 
again  the  difference  between  intention  and  outcome,  and  politicians'  consummate  skill 
in  confusing  the  two  for  their  own  partisan  purposes. 

For  a  start,  the  banking  industry  has  undergone  major  restructuring  in  the  past  seven 
years.  Throughout  the  1980s,  regional  banks  were  subsumed  in  a  rash  of  mergers  and 
acquisitions.  As  a  result,  decision  making  became  centralized  in  the  banks'  main  offices 
in  the  larger  cities,  and  the  close  relationships  between  businesses  and  their  local  banks 
dissolved.  Adding  to  the  tensions  are  bank  failures  over  the  past  decade  that  resulted 
from  poor  lending  practices.  This  has  led  regulators  to  be  far  more  rigid  in  their  assess- 
ments of  bank-loan  portfolios.  These  factors  brought  about  a  credit  crisis  for  a  number 
of  small  businesses  whose  "numbers"  did  not  qualify  them  for  the  stringent  loan  stan- 
dards of  large  regional  banks,  whose  lending  officers  fear  penalties  from  state  and  feder- 
al regulators  if  they  stray  away  from  conservative  practices. 

An  example:  high-technology  firms  in  the  Pioneer  Valley  are  proliferating,  some  as 
spin-offs  of  the  university's  Computer  Science  Department.  Successful  companies  are 
developing  information  retrieval  systems,  health  care  management  systems,  and  robotic 
technologies.  However,  western  Massachusetts  high-technology  firms  have  difficulty 
obtaining  financing.  One  reason  is  the  lack  of  venture  capital  firms  in  that  part  of  the 
state.  Neither  the  private  nor  the  public  venture  capitalists  in  the  Boston  area  operate  as 
if  they  believe  that  there  are  opportunities  in  western  Massachusetts. 

Despite  the  lack  of  success  in  attracting  venture  capital,  much  of  the  economic - 
growth  in  the  Pioneer  Valley  that  has  occurred  in  the  past  few  years  has  been  in  the 
small-business  sector.  As  the  largest  companies  have  had  to  downsize  in  response  to 
economic  conditions,  small  firms  have  more  easily  adapted  to  change.  Moreover,  most 
businesses  in  the  Pioneer  Valley  meet  the  Small  Business  Administration's  definition  of 
"small"  (fewer  than  500  employees).  Yet  conference  participants  argued  that  there  is  a 
sense  of  frustration  in  the  business  community  insofar  as  it  seems  that  decision  makers 
in  government  and  finance,  as  well  as  the  general  public,  do  not  recognize  the  contribu- 


tions  of  small  businesses  and  are  therefore  not  responsive  to  their  special  needs. 

In  the  light  of  these  beliefs,  the  participants  unanimously  recommended  that  state  and 
quasi-state  agencies  examine  their  policies  from  the  point  of  view  of  small  businesses 
and  not  focus  exclusively  on  high  technology,  biotechnology,  or  other  major  industries 
that  may  be  speculative.  An  example  of  damaging  policy  is  the  difficulty  small  busi- 
nesses encounter  in  obtaining  financing  under  $250,000,  a  serious  problem  that  has 
gone  unnoticed  by  agencies  which  deal  solely  with  larger  firms. 

On  the  brighter  side,  Massachusetts  has  an  abundance  of  resources  and  programs  to 
promote  economic  growth.  The  many  quasi-public  corporations  that  provide  special- 
ized technical  and  financial  assistance  are  a  tremendous  resource  to  entrepreneurs  and 
businesses  interested  in  locating  or  expanding  in  the  state.  The  system,  however,  needs 
fine-tuning.  Although  regional  outreach  is  important,  it  is  also  critical  to  have  regional 
representation  in  the  decision-making  process  for  approving  financial  assistance  pack- 
ages. Moreover,  because  the  regions  themselves  are  large,  there  must  also  be  local 
access  to  information  through  community  development  corporations,  town  hall  meet- 
ings, and  chambers  of  commerce. 

Compounding  many  of  the  problems  the  state  faces  is  the  fact  that  staff  from  many 
of  the  state's  quasi-public  agencies  have  seldom,  if  ever,  ventured  outside  the  Boston 
metropolitan  area.  This  results,  first,  in  fewer  resources  being  spent  in  the  Pioneer 
Valley,  and  second,  in  policies  that  are  written  to  reflect  the  viewpoint  and  respond  to 
the  realities  of  urban  or  Boston-area  economic  development  needs.  There  is  resentment 
among  those  in  business  and  economic  development  about  a  perceived  lack  of  attention 
paid  by  the  state  to  the  needs  of  western  Massachusetts. 

To  remain  economically  competitive,  Massachusetts  needs  an  educated  workforce 
comprised  of  people  who  can  read,  write,  compute,  and  think.  The  human  capital  of  the 
state  is  its  greatest  asset.  A  community  college  is  located  within  thirty  minutes  of  every 
citizen.  As  local  entities,  the  community  colleges  are  uniquely  positioned  to  adapt  to 
changing  workforce  and  business  needs.  These  colleges  are  small,  relatively  affordable, 
and  their  course  offerings  and  scheduling  policies  are  more  flexible  than  those  of  larger, 
more  bureaucratic  institutions. 

However,  the  state's  executive  branch  has  not  recognized  the  contributions  that  com- 
munity colleges  have  made  and  could  continue  to  make  in  the  employment  training  and 
retraining  arena.  The  authors  repeatedly  emphasize  the  importance  of  education  to  the 
point  of  asserting  that  education  itself  is  economic  development.  They  recommend  im- 
proving the  quality  of  education  at  all  levels,  granting  more  flexibility  to  the  regional 
employment  boards  to  design  programs  and  standards  of  success  to  meet  their  local 
needs,  maintaining  adequate  support  systems  for  adult  students. 

The  importance  of  maintaining  and  improving  the  state's  infrastructure  is  raised  over 
and  over  again,  from  repairing  roads  and  bridges  to  maintaining  the  crumbling  buildings 
of  the  state's  colleges  and  universities.  For  instance,  a  Massachusetts  Department  of 
Public  Works  project  to  repair  Route  1 16  in  Plainfield,  was  made  more  difficult  by  inad- 
equate bridges  that  could  not  support  gravel-laden  trucks.  It  is  far  less  costly  to  add  to 
an  existing  resource  than  to  start  a  new  one.  In  the  long  run,  it  is  also  more  cost  efficient 
to  maintain  existing  resources  than  to  replace  them. 

Contributors  were  also  at  pains  to  draw  attention  to  how  western  Massachusetts's 
assets  go  unnoticed  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  state.  To  cite  but  one  example,  there  are 
four  regional  airports  in  the  Pioneer  Valley  —  Westover  (Chicopee),  Barnes  (Westfield), 
LaFleur  (Northampton),  and  Orange.  Yet  a  commission  that  studied  the  problem  of 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


overcrowding  at  Boston's  Logan  Airport  concluded  that  a  second  major  airport  was  a 
necessity  in  metropolitan  Boston  without  even  considering  the  potential  for  routing 
some  kinds  of  transport,  notably  freight,  to  these  or  other  of  the  state's  existing  smaller 
air  facilities. 

The  sense  that  western  Massachusetts  communities  and  projects  do  not  get  their  fair 
share  of  the  tax  dollars  sent  to  "Boston"  is  pervasive.  The  phenomenon  of  "trickle  west," 
in  the  view  of  all  conference  participants,  provides  insufficient  funds  for  the  infrastruc- 
ture needs  of  that  part  of  the  state.  One  step  in  the  right  direction  would  be  to  set  aside 
a  seat  for  at  least  one  resident  of  western  Massachusetts  on  each  commission  that  has  a 
statewide  mandate. 

Finally,  there  is  the  question  of  the  concept  of  a  region.  The  definition  of  a  region 
may  go  beyond  the  borders  of  a  state.  The  Pioneer  Valley's  economic  region  extends 
from  northern  Connecticut  to  southern  Vermont.  Economic  development  efforts  must 
take  account  of  and  respond  to  the  reality  of  the  economic  region,  even  when  it  crosses 
state  lines.  Furthermore,  when  intraregional  interests  are  at  odds  with  one  another,  as  is 
often  the  way  in  cases  of  controversial  highway  projects,  the  state  should  take  an  active 
role  in  mediating  and  staying  with  the  process  rather  than  walking  away  from  the  table 
when  resolution  is  difficult.  In  these  instances,  leadership  from  the  state,  in  the  role  of 
objective  outsider,  is  essential. 

Two  articles  conclude  the  issue.  Both,  by  different  means,  propose  mechanisms  for 
dealing  with  budget  shortfalls.  In  one,  the  authors  illustrate  the  inadequacy  of  current 
cutback  management  strategies  to  address  significant  revenue  shortfalls.  They  have 
designed  what  they  call  a  political  budget  matrix  that  would  help  budget  policymakers 
and  staffs  make  educated  assumptions  about  the  way  categories  of  programs  could  be 
treated  during  times  of  severe  fiscal  stress.  The  other  presents  a  comparative  analysis  of 
the  processes  and  strategies  that  public  sector  organizations  use  to  implement  retrench- 
ment in  the  face  of  continued  budget  shortfalls.  The  authors  focus  on  the  governments 
of  the  fifty  states  and  public  institutions  of  higher  education  in  the  nine  northeastern 
states.  They  conclude  that  the  difference  among  these  institutions  in  their  approaches  to 
retrenchment  could  be  attributed  to  the  differences  in  organizational  culture. 


This  Editor's  Note  drew  heavily  from  Nancy  Goff's  summary  of  the  proceedings  of  the 
Amherst  conference. 


Access  to 

Capital 

and  Technical 

Assistance 


Richard  J.  Ward,  Ph.D. 


This  article  summarizes  and  analyzes  the  views  of  select  leaders  in  business,  labor, 
banking,  the  government,  and  academia  with  regard  to  the  constraints,  obstacles,  and 
recommendations  to  achieve  economic  growth  in  Massachusetts.  The  role  of  the  state 
government  in  addressing  these  issues  receives  special  attention.  Access  to  capital  and 
technical  assistance  had  been  regarded  by  many  as  the  key  constraint,  particularly  dur- 
ing the  recession  of  the  early  1990s.  The  author  analyzes  inconvenient  government  sys- 
tems, bottlenecks,  and  bureaucracy  as  throttling  the  flow  of  capital  to  small-business 
entrepreneurs.  The  analysis  concludes,  however,  that  unless  the  state  cum  federal  gov- 
ernment finds  ways  to  improve  the  macroeconomic  environment,  the  incentives  to  invest, 
expand,  and  venture  will  not  prove  adequate  in  comparison  with  the  risks.  Among  other 
questions,  the  article  asks,  In  the  absence  of  dynamic  and  pervasive  state  policies  and 
programs  to  improve  the  state  and  regional  macroeconomy,  can  the  private  sector  alone 
stop  the  investment  drain  and  bring  back  full  employment  to  Massachusetts  and  New 
England? 


In  the  face  of  poorly  performing  national  and  state  economies,  business  access  to  capi- 
tal and  technical  assistance  is  a  critical  area  of  concern.  The  number  of  bank  failures 
in  recent  years  and  overall  vulnerability  of  the  banking  system  in  many  states,  exacer- 
bated by  the  sharp  drop  in  value  of  the  extensive  real  estate  assets  held  by  banks,  com- 
bined with  the  aftermath  of  the  national  savings  and  loan  crisis,  forced  banks  to  tighten 
credit,  call  loans,  and  reject  potentially  creditworthy  business  loans.  The  result  was  the 
so-called  capital  crunch.  In  Massachusetts,  the  president  of  the  Boston-based  Federal 
Reserve  Bank,  along  with  many  CEOs  of  Massachusetts  banks,  also  blames  Congress, 
which  pressed  regulatory  agencies  (Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  Federal  Deposit 
Insurance  Corporation,  and  the  Federal  Reserve  System)  —  hence  bank  regulators  —  to 
pursue  the  practice  of  forcing  all  New  England  banks  to  cut  back  on  loans  to  creditwor- 
thy borrowers. 

Despite  these  official  acknowledgments  of  the  squeeze  on  loanable  funds  available  to 
business,  some  bank  CEOs,  while  sharply  criticizing  the  role  of  insensitive  and  rigid 
out-of-state  regulators  in  stiffening  loan/asset  ratios  and  collateral  requirements,  still 

Richard  J.  Ward,  professor  of  economics  and  management.  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  writes  on 
economic  development  and  planning. 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


maintain  that  their  institutions  have  adequate  liquidity  (low  loan/asset  ratios),  but  that 
the  real  problem  is  one  of  severely  limited  volume  of  financially  viable  loan  projects 
from  the  private  sector. 

In  this  context,  the  commonwealth's  Office  of  Economic  Affairs,  in  cooperation  with 
the  University  of  Massachusetts,  sponsored  regional  conferences  to  engage  represent- 
atives of  local,  regional,  and  state  agencies  and  private-sector  financial,  industrial/com- 
mercial leaders,  investors,  and  marketing  specialists  in  the  topic  "Ensuring  Access 
to  Capital  and  Technical  Assistance." 

The  conclusions  and  recommendations  derived  from  several  topical  conferences 
around  the  state  provided  inputs  to  the  state's  strategic  economic  development  plan  for 
the  future.  The  focus  of  concern  for  the  business  community,  and  in  terms  of  the  eco- 
nomic progress  for  the  state  as  a  whole,  was  primarily  on  what  role  state  agencies  or 
public-purpose  institutions  generally  might  play  in  stimulating  the  state  economy  and, 
in  one  specific  conference,  in  filling  the  gaps  in  access  to  capital  and  technical  assis- 
tance for  the  state's  business  community.  This  assessment  summarizes  the  views  of  the 
business  and  political  representatives,  as  well  as  the  one  expressed  by  specialists  in 
some  of  the  contemporary  literature  of  reports  with  respect  to  the  difficulties  perceived 
in  accessing  capital  and  technical  assistance,  recommends  a  role  for  the  state  and  its 
agencies  in  improving  access,  and  finally,  addresses  the  issue  of  the  role  of  the  state  in 
promoting  an  economic  climate  in  which  both  financial  institutions  and  private-sector 
entrepreneurs  can  operate  more  profitably  and  comfortably  with  each  other. 


Critique  of  the  Current  Development  Environment 

The  Massachusetts  business  community,  particularly  small-business  entrepreneurs,  ven- 
ture capitalists,  and  potential  business  and  financial  investors  in  new  or  expand- 
ing enterprise,  has  been  highly  critical  of  various  banking  practices.  It  has  alleged  that 
banking  practices  of  late  have  contributed  to  the  following  perceptions: 

1.  The  role  of  regulators  in  clamping  down  on  the  banks  after  the  horse  got  out  of  the 
barn  has  been  negative.  The  banks  could  least  afford  the  stringent  requirements  during 
recession,  regarding  what  they  were  allowed  to  accept  as  collateral.  Local  bankers  knew 
the  character  and  expertise  of  their  clients  and  should  have  been  allowed  to  make  their 
own  judgments  as  to  the  creditworthiness  of  those  clients.  A  period  of  house  cleaning 
has  dominated  the  financial  institutions,  and  internal  problems,  reorganizations,  and  per- 
sonnel shifts  put  a  halt  for  a  time  to  most  small-business  lending. 

2.  During  the  recent  recession,  banks  lost  their  appetite  for  tax-exempts,  found  public- 
fund  deposits  dried  up,  and  feared  loaning  to  business.  They  called  in  good  loans 

to  meet  new  loan/asset  standards,  even  rejecting  sound  collateral  and  good  risks.  In  a 
number  of  instances,  regulators  downgraded  or  rejected  firm  receivables,  land,  and  other 
loan  collateral,  placing  constraints  on  business  opportunity  and  growth. 

3.  Working  capital  is  the  most  critical  need  for  small  business.  Even  as  owners  have  sold 
their  homes  to  provide  such  capital,  participants  felt  that  banks  have  not  been  forth- 
coming. Lack  of  such  capital  forces  smaller  companies  to  reject  profitable  bids  on  pro- 
jects, turning  away  business.  This  is  perceived  to  show  both  a  lack  of  creativity  and  a 
lack  of  commitment  to  the  business  environment  on  the  part  of  bankers. 


4.  Large  banks  in  particular  turned  away  from  smaller,  more  costly  loans.  There  is 

a  need  for  loans  from  $10,000  to  $50,000  or  even  $150,000,  but  the  large  banks  shun 
these  smaller  loans  as  not  being  worth  their  time  and  expense.  The  minimum  amount 
banks  would  like  to  loan  is  $250,000,  but  they  would  prefer  and  seek  to  negotiate 
loans  of  more  than  $1  million;  that  is  the  lament  of  small-business  people  who  require 
less  capital. 

5.  The  desperation  for  smaller-business  borrowers  has  been  heightened  by  the  decline  in 
the  value,  hence  equity,  in  their  own  homes,  as  well  as  decline  in  other  sources  of 
public  or  private  venture  capital.  In  this  climate,  small-business  owners  have  been  bur- 
dened with  high-cost  "loan  shark"  credit  or  rescued  by  prominent  and  sympathetic 
local  businessmen,  who  provided  credit  from  their  own  company  resources  on  conces- 
sionary terms.  Banks,  which  need  more  flexibility  in  the  requirements  they  set  for  small 
business,  must  provide  more  asset-based  lending  and  accept  receivables  as  well  as  the 
reputation  and  known  character  of  borrowers  against  good-risk  loans. 

6.  Banks  have  failed  to  provide  adequate  technical  assistance  services  in  preparing  loan 
applications  or  improving  business  plans  and  financial  statements.  They  lack  out- 
reach and  guidance  in  their  approach  to  loaning  to  small  entrepreneurs.  More  mentoring 
and  follow-up  with  business  borrowers  is  needed,  more  visiting  places  of  business  and 
acting  as  genuine  partners  in  promoting  the  success  of  their  borrowers. 

7.  Technical  assistance  may  well  be  widely  available  through  incubators,  small-business 
development  centers,  or  other  public  agencies,  but  it  is  not  readily  transmitted  to 
those  who  need  it.  The  many  state  quasi-publics  and  local  community  development  cor- 
porations (CDCs)  and  municipal  or  other  community  development  agencies  may  be 
there,  but  small-business  owners  seeking  such  help  find  it  difficult  to  connect  meaning- 
fully and  cost-effectively  with  that  technical  assistance.  Often,  small  operations  go 
bankrupt  for  lack  of  know-how  in  rescuing  their  companies  or  see  their  product  or  mar- 
keting ideas  die  for  want  of  knowledge  about  accessing  the  expertise. 

8.  Some  entrepreneurs  acknowledge  that  capital  can  be  acquired,  but  stress  the  time- 
consuming  tenacity  necessary,  in  the  nonpromotional  or  nonforthcoming  climate 

of  the  financial  community,  for  small-business  owners  to  get  the  capital  they  need. 

9.  Bank  participants  declared  their  commitment  to  the  lending  process  and  stressed  the 
constraints  under  which  they  have  been  operating,  but  also  pointed  to  the  lack  of 
professionalism  in  loan  applications,  business  plans,  balance  sheets,  and  sometimes 
expertise,  of  prospective  borrowers.  It  is  not  cost  effective  for  them  to  provide  all  the 
technical  help  that  business  borrowers  need,  suggesting  that  such  assistance  must 
come  from  other,  probably  public  sources.  Others  recommended  that  more  mentoring 
be  provided,  not  only  from  banks  but  from  mature  companies  —  to  their  smaller  suppli- 
ers, for  example  —  and  from  numerous  public  and  quasi-public  institutions  at  the 
municipal,  regional,  and  state  levels. 

10.  Venture  capitalists  are  critical  of  the  withdrawal  of  banks  from  cooperating  with 
them  in  filling  the  gaps  between  the  equity  capital  they  provide  and  the  full  financial 
needs  of  new,  promising  ventures.  A  study  reported  that  of  848  banks  surveyed,  only  six 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


reported  any  interest  in  lending  to  high-technology  firms.2  This  inhibits  the  role  of  ven- 
ture capitalists. 


The  Role  of  the  State  in  Promoting  Development  and  Capital 

Direct  Role 

State  governments  must  be  aware  that  when  businesses  within  their  borders  realize 
lower  returns  on  capital  relative  to  alternative  returns  for  banks  and  venture  capitalists, 
capital  seeks  higher  returns  in  out-of-state  investment.  States  should  assist  in  offsetting 
this  differential  by  making  available  to  business  —  small  business  in  particular  — 
through  a  variety  of  public  and  private  institutions,  including  banks,  more  liberal  access 
to  working  and  equity  capital.  However  possible,  the  state  should  galvanize  these  or- 
ganizations to  facilitate  loans  and  technical  assistance  to  business.  For  example,  Massa- 
chusetts, like  most  states,  has  a  long  list  of  quasi-public  institutions  that  provide 
developmental  assistance.3 

States  should  be  more  forthcoming  in  making  vast  pension  fund  resources  available 
for  venture  capital  through  these  agencies  and  in  partnership  with  existing  private 
venture  capital  firms,  while  guaranteeing  protection  to  pensioners.  For  instance,  the 
Massachusetts  treasurer  announced  a  program  designed  to  utilize  such  funds  for 
affordable  housing  for  low-  and  moderate-income  families.  A  small  percentage  of  state 
pension  funds  could  pump  $200  million  into  assisting  expansion  and  new  ventures 
in  business,  with  Michigan  and  Pennsylvania  serving  as  models. 

Michigan  allocated  5  percent  of  its  $6  billion  public  pension  fund  in  partnership  with 
private  venture  capital  firms.  The  Michigan  Treasury  Department  identified  poten- 
tial start-up  companies  with  promise  and  committed  $300  million  to  venture  seed  capi- 
tal toward  assisting  the  development  of  new  companies.  Similarly,  the  Ben  Franklin 
Partnership  Fund  of  Pennsylvania  provides  challenge  grants  or  seed  money  —  $5,000  to 
$100,000  —  for  research  and  development,  advanced  technology,  and  start-up  com- 
panies, grants  of  up  to  $35,000  to  small  companies  for  new  product  or  process  develop- 
ment, and  seed  venture  capital  funds  for  working  capital  and  technical  assistance  for 
incubator  companies.4 

States  could  channel  some  of  these  funds  through  the  quasis  to  local  banks,  incuba- 
tors, or  community  economic  development  offices,  enabling  them  to  provide  capi- 
tal and  technical  assistance  to  small  businesses  in  their  areas.  Such  funds  could  also  be 
used  to  buttress  (ensure)  collateral  support  for  small-business  loans,  for  example, 
guarantees  against  firm  receivables,  through  local  banks. 

State  agencies  or  quasis  should  be  prime  facilitators  in  providing  technical  assistance 
support  at  local  levels,  through  local  incubators,  assisted  by  Small  Business  Admin- 
istration bodies,  since  banks  seem  to  be  unable  to  aid  in  loan  or  business  plan  prepara- 
tions or  in  identifying  gaps  in  small-business  expertise  needed  to  render  business  viable. 

Provide  grace  periods  on  capital  gains  taxes  during  start-up  of  small  businesses  and 
other  forms  of  tax  relief  during  development  stages,  such  as  relief  on  workmen's 
compensation,  unemployment  insurance,  medical  costs,  and  other  costs  of  doing  busi- 
ness, where  safe  and  sound  state  criteria  can  be  met. 

Compare  commonwealth  tax-exempt  bond  programs  with  those  of  other  states  for 
effectiveness  and  improvement.  For  example,  New  Jersey  has  a  tax-exempt  bond 
program  (private  activity  bonds)  providing  low-interest  loans  of  up  to  $10  million  to 
manufacturers  and  nonprofits  for  funding  fixed  assets,  working  capital,  and  loan 


guarantees  of  conventional  loans  up  to  $1.5  million.  New  Jersey  also  provides  working 
capital  loans  —  a  revolving  line  of  credit  of  up  to  S250.000  per  export  contract  — 
to  promote  export  marketing. 

States  can  effect  reductions  in  long  delays  in  handling  business  loan  or  other  assis- 
tance proposals,  as  well  as  in  payment  of  their  own  bills  to  small  businesses. 
Actions  through  some  state  agencies  and  quasis  can  allegedly  take  months  —  far  too 
long  to  accommodate  short  time  lines  and  working  capital  constraints  of  small-business 
owners. 

Grant  more  protection  for  providers  of  capital  to  guarantee  safe  exit  of  investors  from 
their  commitments  with  close  to  expected  returns.  Streamline  approvals  and 
turn  a  more  empathetic  system  toward  the  service  of  suppliers  of  capital.  Current  regu- 
lations inhibit  safe  return  to  local  venture  capital  funds,  owing  in  part  to  the  drain  of 
local  funds  to  capital  cities  and  even  out-of-state  banking  institutions.  Remote  trans- 
action modes  put  local  venture  capitalists  in  vulnerable  positions. 

Link  tax  (reduce  bank  tax  to  corporate  rate)  or  other  relief  measures  for  banks  to 
increase  loanable  funds  and  establish  a  guarantor  program  for  small  business  or  sound 
start-ups  (don't  expect  banks  to  provide  equity;  they  are  moneylenders). 

More  forceful  use  of  link  deposits  (state  bank  deposits)  to  encourage  banks  holding 
such  deposits  to  offer  loans  for  developmental  purposes.  States  could  set  up  perfor- 
mance measures  by  which  to  judge  the  status  of  particular  banks  with  respect  to  the 
development  impact  of  bank  activity.  For  example,  Illinois,  through  its  link  de- 
posits, encourages  minority  business  loans;  California  presses  energy-conservation 
loans;  Ohio  links  its  public  deposits  to  institutions  inclined  to  consider  loans  to  small 
business  favorably. 

A  persistent  and  pervasive  need,  as  indicated  by  Massachusetts  conference  partici- 
pants, was  for  simplification  and  localization  of  all  state  and  federal  services. 
Small-business  owners,  in  particular,  direct  their  strongest  criticism  to  the  absence 
of  one-stop  shopping  at  the  local  level  for  their  capital  and  technical  service  needs. 
The  services  of  state  agencies  and  quasis,  as  well  as  loan  services,  tend  to  be  Boston- 
based  and  so  diversified  as  to  confound  their  efforts  to  gain  sympathetic  support 
for  their  proposals,  projects,  capital,  and  technical  assistance.  There  is  a  critical  need 
for  the  state  to  move  its  agency  and  quasi  representatives  out  to  the  local  communi- 
ties through  local  bodies  such  as  small-business  development  centers  and  other  commu- 
nity development  organizations  or  local  banks,  so  that  business  professionals  can  gain 
the  information  they  need  locally  and  from  one  source.  Massachusetts  has  responded 
effectively  to  this  recommendation  by  localizing  some  of  its  services  to  small  business, 
as  discussed  below. 

Indirect  Role 

Assist  banks  to  localize  regulatory  function  of  federal  agencies;  it  has  not  helped  local 
banks  to  have  "inexperienced  and  insensitive"  regulators  and  examiners  reviewing 
their  portfolios  and  bank  practices.  Massachusetts  banks  were  reviewed  by  regulators 
from  Iowa!  "Local."  in  this  case,  does  not  meant  from  Boston,  but  agents  closer  to  the 
regions  who  understand  the  areas*  special  needs,  business,  and  banking  practices  and 
tend  to  grant  local  CEOs  more  discretionary  management  of  their  credit  systems. 

The  cost  of  doing  business  in  Massachusetts  remains  unfavorable  in  the  eyes  of  busi- 
ness; the  state  could  continue  to  press  through  legislative  action  or  moral  suasion  meas- 
ures that  will  reduce  costs,  that  is,  workmen's  compensation,  insurance  costs,  utility, 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


energy  costs,  disincentive  taxes,  while  providing  tax  relief  or  incentives  for  investment 
to  produce  real  growth  in  the  economic  base  of  the  state.  As  to  the  tax  burden,  Robert 
Tannenwald  has  indicated  in  his  studies  that  of  all  of  these,  only  Massachusetts  taxes  are 
not  out  of  line  with  its  competitor  states.5 

Urge  the  banking  system  to  be  more  aggressive  in  carrying  out  the  Community  Re- 
investment Act  (CRA),  as  applied  to  business.  Many  banks  still  hold  back.  Federal 
funds  can  help.  For  example,  U.S.  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development 
(HUD)  Community  Development  Block  Grants  are  being  used  by  cities  to  complement 
and  stimulate  bank  loans  to  small  businesses  in  economically  depressed  areas.  This  in- 
cludes technical  assistance  subsidies,  direct  loans,  and  loan  guarantees.  Matching  funds 
from  banks  are  being  used  for  microenterprise  loan  pools  managed  by  CDCs.  HUD  also 
provides,  through  private  contractors,  training,  technical  assistance,  and  business  devel- 
opment activities  with  a  goal  of  requiring  bank  involvement.6  New  federally  urged  geo- 
coding  of  small-business  lending  is  there  to  assist  the  process.7 

In  a  review  of  ten  banks  in  southeastern  Massachusetts,  for  example,  examiners  rated 
three  outstanding  and  seven  satisfactory  (reported  at  length  in  the  New  Bedford  Standard 
Times,  July  26,  1992).  However,  not  all  area  business  community  personnel  would  agree 
with  all  these  ratings.  The  state  has  an  economic  (and  political)  stake  in  the  rating  of 
these  performances  and  should  play  a  proactive  role  in  mobilizing  bank  activity  under 
the  CRA  rules  in  local  banks  around  the  state. 

Tax  increment  financing  (TIF)  is  proposed  by  some  Massachusetts  industry  groups  as 
a  means  of  bringing  private-sector  needs  and  the  necessity  for  more  jobs  and  taxes 
together  through  public-private  partnerships.  TIF  permits  the  amortization  of  revenue 
bonds  issued  by  the  municipality  to  fund  development  paid  for  by  taxes  generated 
from  the  project.  Forty-one  states  already  have  this  legislation,  but  Massachusetts  is  not 
one  of  them.8 

State  agencies  could  more  aggressively  assist  local  institutions  and  businesses  with 
knowledge  and  technical  assistance  in  obtaining  federal  grants,  loans  and  account- 
ing, bonding  assistance,  export  marketing,  legal  advice,  and  special  expertise  needs. 
It  was  anecdotally  said  that  since  localized  services  are  readily  available  for  welfare 
recipients,  why  can't  they  be  for  business? 

An  example  of  federal,  state,  and  private-sector  cooperative  efforts  at  development  is 
the  New  York/New  Jersey  Regional  Alliance  for  Small  Businesses.  This  combines 
technical  assistance  inputs  from  senior  officers  of  private-sector  firms  with  direct  loans 
and  loan  guarantees  from  government  sources  to  complement  and  encourage  loans 
(debt)  provided  by  cooperating  banks.  Cities  help  by  pledging  funds  from  HUD  Com- 
munity Block  grants.9 

Catalyze  private-sector  suppliers,  especially  those  in  economically  depressed  regions, 
by  providing  incentives  for  business  to  supply  infrastructure  needs  like  parking 
garages,  industrial  park  construction,  public  works  commitments  on  buildings,  roads, 
and  other  infrastructure,  as  well  as  provision  of  office  materials  and  supplies  for 
public  offices  and  functions.  The  state  voucher  system  could  be  expanded  to  channel 
this  type  of  business  to  depressed  area  suppliers.  For  example,  to  the  extent  feasible, 
the  state  bodies  highly  concentrated  in  Boston  could  direct  more  of  their  supply  orders 
to  firms  in  other  economically  depressed  localities  in  Massachusetts.  Combining  this 
with  large  corporations'  additional  mentoring  of  their  small  suppliers  in  times  of  distress 
could  sustain  many  companies  during  periods  of  deep  recession. 

Reach  out  to  county,  municipal,  and  local  government  bodies  to  help  remedy  and 


10 


reduce  costs  of  complying  with  regulations,  codes,  zoning  factors,  permit  systems, 
fees,  licensing  requirements,  and  other  obstacles  that  inhibit  doing  business  in  their 
respective  areas. 

Make  a  more  significant  commitment  to  higher  education  in  the  state,  which  ranks 
among  the  lowest  in  the  country  in  support  of  its  public  system.  The  quality  of  the 
workforce,  skills  needed,  and  research  results  available  for  business  development  is 
directly  affected  by  the  quality  of  the  graduates  of  the  public  system.  This  quality  has 
been  deteriorating  in  recent  years  and  state  support  is  critical  to  turning  it  around. 

In  addition  to  general  support  for  quality  faculty,  services,  and  research  efforts,  the 
state  could  initiate  industry-oriented  industrial  parks,  incubator-type  facilities, 
health  service  and  health  research  projects,  or  centers  on  or  near  university  campuses. 
As  one  source  puts  it,  "States  with  significant  university  R&D  venture  capital  and 
highly  skilled  labor  have  the  most  potential  for  implementing  a  successful  competitive 
strategy  based  on  entrepreneurial  new  firms."10  A  number  of  campuses  have  exten- 
sive unutilized  acres  for  these  purposes.  Some  university  locations  could  also  serve  as 
the  one-stop  coordination  centers  for  area  or  regional  businesses,  under  the  aegis 
of  the  state  offices  of  economic  development.  One  such  office,  formerly  located  in 
Boston,  was  officially  opened  by  the  commonwealth  in  July  1994  on  the  campus 
of  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth.  It  has  a  budget  of  SI  million  and  project- 
ed staff  of  five  to  six  professionals.  Four  other  such  regional  offices  are  being 
established  by  the  state  to  bring  information  on  access  to  capital,  technical  assistance, 
and  other  matters  relevant  to  business  —  for  example,  land  availability,  regulations, 
export  markets,  and  so  forth  —  closer  to  the  source  of  the  need. 

Many  models  or  prototypes  at  universities  around  the  country  could  provide  the 
information  leading  to  such  mutually  beneficial  activity  between  the  needs  of  business 
and  the  research  potential  of  higher  education.  The  Research  Triangle  near  the 
University  of  North  Carolina,  the  industrial  park  at  Syracuse  University,  and  many 
others  could  be  replicated  in  a  large  number  of  states. 

Once  this  positive  business  environment  has  been  put  in  place  with  the  help  of  the 
state,  based  on  a  proeconomic  development  structure  of  taxation,  state  and  local 
agency  and  quasi-publics*  support  of  business,  there  could  follow  an  active  effort  to 
disseminate  far  and  wide  that  affirmative  image  as  the  reason  companies  should 
locate  in  a  particular  state.  Until  the  positive  business  climate  measures  are  put  in 
place,  however,  that  invitation  will  not  be  very  persuasive. 

States  should  avoid  duplication  of  agencies  and  personnel.  It  was  perceived  in 
Massachusetts  that  no  new  agencies  or  bureaucratic  infrastructure  are  needed  to  carry 
out  the  above  improvements  in  the  business  environment;  the  state  can  utilize  existing 
institutions.  In  a  sense,  the  current  system  of  service  to  business  is  both  distant  and 
choked  up.  It  has  been  likened  to  the  man  in  the  hospital  bed.  gasping  for  breath,  trying 
to  speak,  his  eyes  wide.  His  visitor  leans  over  to  listen  better,  only  to  hear  a  barely 
audible  whisper:  "You're  standing  on  the  oxygen  hose!*' 

The  economic  plan  for  the  state  should  project  to  a  strategy  for  implementation  at  the 
regional  and  local  levels  by  empowering  local  institutions  and  especially  local  com- 
munity leaders  and  people  at  that  level,  not  as  directives  from  the  state.  The  state  should 
steer  but  not  row  the  boat.  A  state  plan  without  a  localized  implementation  strategy  is 
guaranteed  to  fail.  Models  for  such  implementation  abound  in  states  around  the  country. 
Pennsylvania.  Michigan,  New  Jersey,  Minnesota,  North  Carolina,  and  others  provide 
examples  of  successful  implementation  and  empowerment  of  the  private  sector  through 


11 


AW'  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


state  guidance.11  A  microcosmic  model  for  such  empowerment  is  Baltimore's  Life 
Sciences  Vision,  which  mobilized  the  resources  of  the  business  community  —  develop- 
ers, bankers,  business  leaders,  and  other  interest  groups  —  to  produce  a  highly  suc- 
cessful business  climate.12 

It  is  the  localized  focus  and  convenient  availability  and  implementation  of  these 
technical  assistance  measures,  services,  and  information  —  hand  holding,  if  you  will  — 
and  its  link  to  more  empathetic  sources  of  capital  that  the  business  community  sees 
and  feels  acutely  is  part  of  the  cure  for  this  problem. 


Obligations  and  Impacts  of  the  State  Role 


Some  private-sector  leaders  are  concerned  about  the  degree  of  involvement  by  state 
government  in  directly  affecting  private-sector  business  or  investment  decisions. 
Should  the  public  sector  be  investing  tax  dollars  to  support  private  business?  What 
effect  do  state  decisions  have  on  assistance  to  the  private  business  sector?  Do  they  pro- 
vide unfair  competitive  advantage  to  some,  denying  it  to  others?  Does  the  state  have 
a  mandate  to  take  risks  that  should  essentially  be  taken  by  the  private  sector?  Tax- 
payers consider  technical  assistance  to  private-sector  companies  a  hidden  cost  of  doing 
business.  Are  they  obligated  to  pay  these  costs  when  such  public  subsidies  seem  to 
help  certain  eligible  firms  and  not  others? 

The  answers  to  these  questions  are  that  the  state  is  obligated  to  provide  services  to 
businesses  that  pay  taxes.  While  its  constitution  precludes  the  state  from  investing  di- 
rectly in  private  enterprise,  it  can  and  should  stimulate  private- sector  investment  aggres- 
sively through  the  medium  of  state  agencies  and  quasi-public  institutions.  Moreover, 
the  state  must  recognize  the  economic,  social,  and  political  costs  of  failing  to  assist  pri- 
vate businesses,  which  generate  the  tax  revenues  to  support  myriad  other  necessary 
services  and  the  public  infrastructure  needed  to  support  society.  The  following  statement 
concerning  the  state's  role  in  acting  to  promote  economic  growth  aptly  summarizes  the 
views  of  many: 

State  government  can  be  the  major  force  that  determines  whether  this  growth  is  retarded  or  accel- 
erated. The  most  effective  way  to  accelerate  the  creation  of  jobs  by  the  private  sector  is  for  the 
state  government  to  provide  laws,  infrastructure,  and  incentives  and  to  assist  in  the  financing  to 
aid  that  growth.  State  policies  which  facilitate  and  stimulate  technology  transfer  from  our  world- 
class  universities,  and  commercialization  by  our  businesses  will  absolutely  foster  industrial 
growth  and  jobs  creation.13 


State  Role  in  Recession:  Low-Confidence  Environment 

The  greatest  constraint  on  private  investment  and  economic  growth  has  been  the  recent 
recession  and  the  general  deficiency  in  overall  spending  and  demand  for  durable 
products,  nondurable  products,  and  services.  Repeated  Federal  Reserve  reductions  in 
the  interest  rate  have  not  turned  pessimism  into  unalloyed  optimism  as  far  as  Massachu- 
setts workers  and  consumers  are  concerned.  Some  bankers  have  detected  positive  signs 
in  improvement  of  loan  applications  and  the  business  climate.  The  Bank  of  Boston's  $3 
billion  special  loan  fund  for  business  reported  receiving  3,000  loan  applications,  while 
some  financially  untroubled  local  banks  claim  to  have  plenty  of  liquidity  for  loaning 
and  are  seeing  better  business-loan  prospects  coming  through  their  doors. 

The  mergers  of  New  England  banks  in  the  past  few  years,  and  the  mergers  with 


12 


national  banks  to  come,  will  also  have  a  dramatic  impact  on  the  availability  of  loan 
funds  for  business,  though  not  necessarily  for  small-business  loans.  Loaning  will 
become  much  more  depersonalized  as  the  sources  of  funds  and  approval  become  more 
distant  from  localities.14  It  has  also  been  said  that  the  lack  of  geographical  diversi- 
fication has  often  proved  fatal  to  banks.  Said  one  source,  "During  the  1980s,  nine  of 
the  ten  largest  Texas  banks  failed  because  of  concentrated  exposure  to  their  own  state's 
economy.  In  the  late  1980s  ten  of  the  largest  New  England  banks  failed  because  of 
concentrated  exposure  to  their  regions'  economy."15  Also,  concentration  of  portfolios 
on  single-industry  areas,  for  instance,  real  estate,  produced  disastrous  results  in 
Massachusetts.  Diversification  geographically  and  by  industry  seems  to  be  the  way  of 
the  future;  in  this  way  banks  increase  enormously  their  loaning  capacity  and  ability 
to  accommodate  the  bad  loans  with  more  access  to  loans  with  favorable  risks. 

At  the  same  time,  with  many  new  financial  loaning  institutions  arriving  on  the 
scene,  brokerage  houses,  insurance  companies,  commercial  finance/factoring  firms, 
leasing  companies,  suppliers,  venture  capitalists,  and  even  giant  retail  chains, 
which  are  allowed  more  flexibility  in  loan  practices  than  banks  —  loans  to  small  busi- 
ness are  likely  to  become  less  attractive  to  banks.  This  process  could  be  accelerated 
should  the  federal  government  secure  the  small-business  loans  of  all  these  quasi-finan- 
cial firms  through  the  "Velda  Sue"  legislation  (Venture  Enhancement  and  Loan 
Development  Administration  for  Smaller  Undercapitalized  Enterprises).16  These  trends 
could  become  confusing  to  small-business  owners  and  aspirants;  it  will  be  essential  for 
the  appropriate  state  agencies  to  be  readily  available  to  assist  business  borrowers  in 
ascertaining  to  which  sources  of  capital  small-business  borrowers  can  best  gain  access. 

Many  states  are  still  a  long  way  from  being  out  of  the  recession.  For  example,  in  the 
fall  of  1992,  the  Conference  Board's  Consumer  Index  had  dipped  to  61  percent 
nationally,  but  by  July  1994  had  risen  to  9 1 .6  percent;  yet  the  Confidence  Index  for 
New  England  in  July  1994  was  a  low  57.5  percent.  Based  on  1985  =  100,  it  reflected  the 
uncertainty  and  even  fear  that  pervades  the  general  public  in  New  England  about  the 
direction  of  the  economy  and  the  security  of  their  jobs.17 

This  makes  it  difficult  for  business  investors,  banks,  and  other  New  England  suppli- 
ers of  capital  to  feel  comfortable  with  the  prevailing  risk  environment.  If  people  are 
not  buying,  it  is  difficult  to  launch  and  promote  incentives  to  invest  that  are  inevitably 
tied  to  forecasts  of  final  product  sales.  Entrepreneurs  do  not  want  to  borrow  and 
bankers  resist  lending,  even  at  what  seem  to  be  highly  favorable  costs  of  capital,  if  the 
expectation  of  survival,  let  alone  profit,  is  in  question. 

Neither  the  federal  nor  state  governments  can  ignore  the  insufficiency  of  demand 
(markets)  as  a  significant  source  of  the  jittery  prospects  for  private-sector  investment  in 
New  England.  At  the  height  of  the  recession,  close  to  10  million  people  were  unem- 
ployed nationally.  The  numbers  who  left  the  workforce  or  were  underemployed  were 
unaccounted  for.  The  recession  hit  New  England  particularly  hard,  owing  to  the  spill- 
over effects  of  the  national  decline  in  manufacturing  and  the  significant  manufacturing 
orientation  of  the  region.18  Even  in  1994,  Massachusetts  manufacturing  firms  were 
still  downsizing  or  closing.  With  millions  unemployed  nationwide  and  continuing  losses 
of  jobs  in  Massachusetts,  state  government  may  have  to  focus  on  measures  to  stimulate 
demand  before  incentives  for  stimulating  investment  (hence  supply  of  goods  and  ser- 
vices) can  become  more  effective. 

Pertinent  to  the  themes  raised  by  area  business  leaders,  one  hundred  leading  econo- 
mists, including  six  Nobel  laureates,  urged  the  federal  government  to  spend  $50 


13 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


billion  a  year  on  investment.  This  proposal  was  strongly  supported  by  leading  business 
CEOs  around  the  country.  The  president  and  CEO  of  Sematech,  Inc.,  a  semiconductor 
firm,  urged  the  federal  government  to  invest  in  technology,  research,  and  start-up  pros- 
pects; the  president  of  Tenneco,  Inc.,  urged  federal  use  of  the  peace  dividend  from 
defense  savings  to  invest  in  infrastructure  —  airports,  bridges,  rail  networks,  education, 
training  for  skilled  jobs,  and  investment  in  new  fields  of  technology  that  promise  the 
greatest  growth;  the  CEO  of  Thermo  Electron  Corporation  urged  government  to  recog- 
nize the  value  to  the  private  sector  of  government  investments  in  the  aerospace  and 
defense  industries,  which  paid  great  dividends  in  the  fields  of  computers,  energy,  com- 
mercial aviation,  and  the  environment,  and  to  switch  these  funds  to  investing  in  new 
channels  of  private-sector  research  and  technology  development;  prominent  economists 
urged  utilization  of  the  idle  capacity  of  the  many  technology  firms  to  carry  out  federally 
funded  research  (formerly  supplied  by  defense  industries)  for  future  growth.19 

The  state  role  in  raising  consumer  confidence  and  spending,  hence  demand,  may  also 
have  to  include  more  direct  measures  by  the  state  to  invest  in  the  following  ways. 

1 .  Seeking  out  every  possible  source  of  federal  assistance  applied  to  ongoing  state  pro- 
grams in  housing,  enterprise  zones,  defense  niches,  HUD  programs  available  to  states, 
highway  funds,  construction  of  federal  buildings  or  facilities,  and  harbor  development. 
For  example,  speeding  up  already  approved  federal  spending  on  the  complex  and  occa- 
sionally stalled  Boston  Harbor  project,  the  new  federal  courthouse  in  Boston,  federally 
funded  highway  construction  or  improvements,  the  partially  federally  funded  research- 
oriented  laboratories  and  planned  technical  center  buildings  at  our  state  universities,  the 
numerous  federally  funded  training  programs,  some  already  approved  for  Massachu- 
setts, others  needing  to  be  sought  after.  The  state's  congressional  delegation  could  be 
more  strongly  pressed  to  identify  all  federal  sources  of  funding  for  state  programs  and 
activities.  Massachusetts  representatives  are  often  preoccupied  with  issues,  often  inter- 
national, which,  while  important  in  themselves,  seem  to  have  little  to  do  with  promoting 
the  economy  of  their  home  state. 

2.  The  state  government  could  be  more  aggressive  in  committing  funds  to  desperately 
needed  infrastructural  improvements  of  roads,  bridges,  transportation,  health,  and 
other  sector  improvements  that  can  be  made  now  at  lower  costs  than  will  be  the  case 
when  the  economy  —  and  prices  —  recover.  For  example,  in  fiscal  1993  the  state  of 
Massa-chusetts  made  use  of  $1  billion  in  federal  highway  and  construction  funds  and 
expects  to  use  about  $700,000  million  in  federal  aid  for  fiscal  year  1994,  much  of  it 
for  the  new  road  and  tunnel  complex  through  Boston.  The  state  government  committed 
over  $100  million  of  the  1992  fiscal  year  surplus  to  accelerate  spending  on  road  and 
bridge  repair  projects.  More  of  this  type  of  direct  job  and  demand  stimulation  is  neces- 
sary and  should  have  been  aggressively  implemented  early  in  the  recession.  State  eco- 
nomic plans  should  not  hesitate  to  recognize  the  inadequacy  of  monetary  policy  alone  to 
resolve  the  staggering  economic  performance  that  plagued  the  recovery  in  many  states 
and  in  the  country  at  large. 

All  these  endeavors  are  necessary;  they  are  not  and  should  not  be  simply  make- work. 
They  represent  refurbishing  the  seriously  deteriorated  infrastructure  of  facilities  and 
services  in  the  state  which,  when  carried  out,  contribute  to  more  cost-effective  function- 
ing of  the  private  sector.  Such  investment  is  still  needed  and  still  lagging  in  implemen- 
tation. 


14 


More  directly  to  the  issue  of  access  to  capital  and  technical  assistance,  these  commit- 
ments of  federal  and  state  funds  will  provide  jobs,  revive  spending  on  goods  and 
services,  generate  taxable  income  to  the  benefit  of  the  state  budget,  and  by  raising  con- 
fidence, spur  both  private  investors  and  banks  to  cooperate  in  a  climate  of  better 
prospects  for  returns  on  investment  for  both  borrower  and  lender.  If  the  state  economy 
continues  to  bump  along  far  below  levels  expected  by  the  public,  by  bankers,  and  by 
private  investors,  the  issue  of  access  to  capital  and  technical  assistance  issue  remains 
moot. 

The  "capital  crunch"  or  credit  shortage  evolved  from  the  recession,  which  was  char- 
acterized by  the  sharp  decline  of  durable  and  nondurable  manufacturing  in  1988,  the 
savings  and  loan  debacle,  and  the  attendant  collapse  of  value  in  banks'  real  estate  port- 
folios. New  England's  manufacturing  and  its  banks  were  hit  particularly  hard  by 
each  of  these.  A  by-product  of  this  phenomenon  was  the  widespread  criticism,  elab- 
orated here,  among  area  business  leaders  of  the  deleterious  role  they  perceived  the 
banks  and  the  state  played  in  shutting  off  avenues  to  credit  and  technical  assistance  to 
existing  and  prospective  business  borrowers. 

While  bankers  acknowledged  mistakes  in  handling  the  problem,  they  also  suggested 
that  the  soundness  and  qualifications  of  many  loan  applications  and  applicants,  the 
extreme  uncertainty  of  projecting  favorable  returns  on  investment  in  the  recession  cli- 
mate, plus  the  jittery  pall  cast  over  the  banking  system  by  the  S&L  crisis,  produced 
an  atmosphere  of  intensified  regulation  —  many  said  insensitively  administered  —  by 
national  agencies  and  justifiable  caution  by  bankers.  Bankers  continue  to  aver  that 
they  have  not  been  opposed  to  small-business  loans  and,  in  fact,  insist  that  "80  percent 
of  the  borrowers  in  any  given  bank  portfolios  are  small  customers."20  (Many  of  these, 
however,  include  nonbusiness  borrowers.)  Business  leaders  also  criticized  the  state  gov- 
ernment for  not  being  more  responsive  to  assisting  small  businesses  to  overcome  the 
credit  crunch  by  promulgating  both  direct  and  indirect  policies  and  practices  to  improve 
the  Massachusetts  business  environment. 

This  article  elaborates  a  considerable  number  of  direct  actions  the  state  could  take 
within  its  province,  as  well  as  indirect  actions  to  promote  a  more  favorable  eco- 
nomic climate,  and  various  incentives  that  could  reach  out  to  regions  and  institutions 
within  the  state  that  could  assist  small-business  owners.  Many  business  leaders  feel 
that  the  state  should  take  an  even  more  responsible  role  in  improving  the  Massachusetts 
economy  so  that  the  prospects  of  profitable  investment  will  make  it  easier  for  pro- 
viders of  credit  to  respond  to  loan  requests.  A  state  with  an  anemic  economy  is  in  direr 
need  of  economic  recovery  than  of  credit.  The  state,  it  is  believed,  cannot  simply 
wait  for  the  federal  government  to  bail  out  its  economy;  the  state  must  seek  and  obtain 
constructive  federal  aid  and  programs  wherever  possible  to  contribute  to  a  more  vi- 
brant level  of  economic  activity.  The  state's  own  plans  and  policies  should  intercede 
dynamically  to  promote  full  employment  evenly  spread  to  cities,  towns,  and  countryside 
by  stepping  up  its  own  budget  allocations  and  facilitating  access  to  information  and 
sources  of  funding  for  small-business  borrowers. 

Having  elicited  views  from  business  leaders,  the  state  and  banks  have  demonstrated 
some  responsiveness  to  critiques  by  increasing  access  to  pools  of  small-business  loan 
funds  and  establishing  agencies  that  bring  information  and  guidance  to  small  businesses 
in  the  localities  where  they  operate. 

The  rapidly  evolving  trend  toward  mergers,  consolidations,  and  geographic  industry 
diversification  will  undoubtedly  strengthen  and  enhance  banks'  loaning  capacity  for 


15 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


both  large-  and  small-business  borrowers.  Yet  owing  to  the  vast  and  still-growing  loan- 
ing capacity  of  new  nonbank  institutions,  which  are  not  bound  by  typical  banking 
regulations  and  boundaries,  plus  the  willingness  of  the  federal  government  to  approve 
legislation  to  secure  nonbank  loans  and  the  trend  toward  nonlocal,  depersonalized 
network  banking,  the  small  borrower  faces  even  more  complexity  and  perhaps  indiffer- 
ence from  the  banking  industry  of  the  future.  This  is  all  the  more  reason  for  the 
state  to  play  a  more  active  role  in  facilitating  access  to  capital  and  technical  assistance 
for  small  business  through  localized  agencies  staffed  to  provide  hands-on  informa- 
tion and  guidance  that  lead  entrepreneurs  to  the  source  or  courses  of  capital  and  busi- 
ness expertise  relevant  to  each  particular  loan  case  and  process.  Massachusetts  has 
undertaken  the  establishment  of  one-stop  advisory  offices  around  the  state  and  making 
the  numerous  quasi-public  agencies  more  approachable. 

At  the  same  time,  given  the  continuing  lag  in  the  regional  economy,  with  massive 
layoffs  by  many  large  companies  —  Digital,  AT&T,  merging  banks,  defense-depen- 
dent industries  and  bases  —  and  the  chronic  levels  of  high  unemployment  in  some  New 
England  cities,21  the  state  should  continue  to  play  an  aggressive  role  in  bringing 
its  economy  back  to  a  higher  level  of  prosperity  and  employment  so  that  entrepreneurs 
can  forecast  more  likelihood  of  profits  in  their  business  plans.  This  in  turn  will  attract 
lending  institutions,  including  banks  and  venture  capitalists,  to  provide  the  requisite 
capital.  The  state  has  gradually  stepped  up  its  role  in  fostering  economic  activity  by, 
for  instance,  allocating  highway  funds  to  localities  around  Massachusetts  and  working 
with  educational  institutions  to  promote  federally  funded  regional  training  programs 
and  manufacturing  partnerships.  Banks,  state  governments,  and  increasingly,  nonbank 
financial  institutions  must  be  far  more  cooperative  and  proactive  in  meeting  the  needs  of 
businesses  that  seek  to  commence,  to  expand,  to  innovate,  to  contribute  their  entrepre- 
neurial skills  and  the  resultant  job  creation  they  can  bring  to  society.  Some  real  progress 
is  being  made  in  response  to  frustrations  and  criticisms  voiced  by  business  leaders  who 
were  in  the  throes  of  recession  doldrums.  The  state  government,  including  the  legisla- 
ture, received  the  message  from  the  business  community  and  has  taken  steps  to  meet  at 
least  some  of  the  demands  of  small  business.22 

The  banking  community,  for  its  part,  is  enthralled  by  its  own  consolidation  and  di- 
versifying transformations,  which  may  or  may  not  produce  a  more  abundant  and 
friendly  credit  environment.  Yet  especially  in  New  England,  and  certainly  in  Massa- 
chusetts, there  is  much  more  to  be  done  to  localize  credit  and  technical  guidance  to 
small  businesses,  to  bring  in  the  rapidly  growing  nonbanking  financial  institutions  in 
this  process,  and  to  stimulate  the  state  economy  vigorously  to  foster  an  economic  envi- 
ronment in  which  creditable  investment  and  job  seekers  at  all  levels  can  gain  their  just 
rewards.  *•* 


Notes 

1.  Joseph  Peek  and  L.  Rosengren,  "The  Capital  Crunch  in  New  England,"  New  England 
Economic  Review,  May-June  1992.  In  contrast  to  the  recent  recession-driven  capital 
shortage  crunch,  the  mid-1970s  saw  a  significantly  inflation-driven  capital  shortage. 
See  Richard  J.  Ward,  "The  Capital  Shortage  for  Innovation,"  Business  and  Economic 
Perspectives,  Fall  1976,  9  ff. 

2.  Technologic  Partners,  ComputerLetter,  March  23,  1992,  1.  The  National  Venture  Capital 
Association  reports  that  the  401  companies  in  its  database  created  58,000  skilled 


16 


jobs  in  the  United  States  between  1985  and  1990,  which  required  30  percent  less  equity 
per  job  to  create  than  positions  in  Fortune  500  companies.  They  also  paid  $610  million 
in  taxes.  See  Coopers  and  Lybrand,  "Second  Annual  Impact  of  Venture  Capital  Study, 
Executive  Summary,"  n.d. 

3.  This  is  only  a  partial  list  of  Massachusetts  development-oriented  organizations.  Local 
business  personnel  are  not  familiar  with  all  of  them,  nor  with  their  specific  functions 
and  how  they  can  help  them.  Local  small-business  development  centers  or  regional 
bodies  could  provide  this  information.  Descriptions  and  functions  of  these  organiza- 
tions can  be  found  in  Lynn  Griesemer,  "A  Legislative  Guide  to  the  Massachusetts  Quasi- 
Public  Corporations"  (Amherst:  Donahue  Institute,  University  of  Massachusetts,  I989). 

4.  From  an  excellent  report,  "Biotechnology  Industry  Needs  in  the  1990's"  (Cambridge, 
Mass.:  Forest  City  Development,  January  I992),  30. 

5.  Robert  Tannenwald,  "Massachusetts' Tax  Competitiveness,"  New  England  Economic 
Review,  January-February  1994,  31-36. 

6.  Jerome  Groskind  and  Marcus  Weiss,  "Regulators  Turn  Up  the  Heat  on  CRA  Compliance," 
Bankers  Magazine,  May-June  1990.  See  also  Weiss  et  al.,  Community  Reinvestment 
Acf.How  to  Implement  Your  Bank's  Program  (Austin,  Tex.:  Sheshunoff  Information 
Services,  n.d.). 

7.  CRA  Bulletin  1,  no.  10  (July  I992). 

8.  Ibid. 

9.  Forest  City  Development,  "Biology  Industry  Needs,"  25. 

10.  Patricia  M.  Flynn,  "Technology  Life  Cycles  and  State  Economic  Development  Strategies," 
New  England  Economic  Review,  May-June  I994,  24. 

11.  David  Osborne  and  Ted  Graeber,  Reinventing  Government:  How  the  Entrepreneurial 
Spirit  Is  Transforming  the  Public  Sector  (Reading,  Mass.:  Addison-Wesley,  1992).  See  also 
other  state  experiences  provided  amply  in  Forest  City  Development,  "Biotechnology 
Industry  Needs." 

12.  Walter  Plosila,  president,  Montgomery  County  (Maryland)  High  Technology  Council, 
"Reconfiguring  Economic  Development  in  Massachusetts:  Catching  the  Third  Wave," 

remarks  made  at  a  conference,  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  June  30,  I992. 

13.  Forest  City  Development,  "Biotechnology  Industry  Needs,"  16. 

14.  Larry  A.  Fried  and  Robert  D.  Hedges,  Jr.,  "The  Emerging  Bank  Consolidation  Landscape," 
Bankers  Magazine  177,  no.  4  (July-August  1994):  20-31. 

15.  Jean  E.  Le  Grand,  "Diversity:  Strength  in  Numbers,"  Bankers  Magazine  176,  no.  2  (March- 
April  1993):  65. 

16.  Cynthia  A.  Glassman,  "The  Erosion  of  Banks'  Role  in  Financing  Small  Business,"  Bankers 
Magazine  177,  no.  1  (January-February  1994):  52-55. 

17.  Source:  Conference  Board,  New  York,  Fall  I992,  July  I994. 

18.  Katherine  L.  Bradbury  and  Yolanda  K.  Kodrzycki,  "What  Past  Recoveries  Say  About  the 
Outlook  for  New  England,"  New  England  Economic  Review,  September-October  I992,  21. 


17 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


19.  New  York  Times,  July  10,  I992. 

20.  "Growth  Conference  on  the  Massachusetts  Economy"  (hosted  by  Governor  William  Weld 
and  Senator  John  Kerry),  World  Trade  Center,  Boston,  January  28,  1991,  77. 

21.  Unemployment  in  New  Bedford  had  reached  17.3  percent  in  January  I994,  although  it  was 
still  10.2  percent  in  April  I994;  for  Brockton,  Lawrence/Haverhill,  Springfield,  and 
Fitchburg,  the  rates  were  at  or  above  7  percent.  See  Department  of  Employment  and 
Training  and  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Boston,  New  England  Economic  Indicators,  June 
I994,  13.  One  must  also  remember  that  many  of  the  unemployed  are  overqualified  for  the 
low-skill,  low-paying  jobs  they  have  been  forced  to  accept  in  the  current  environment. 

22.  Various  regulatory  reforms,  tax  relief  measures,  and  tax  credits  for  industry-sponsored 
research  at  Massachusetts  educational  institutions,  as  propounded  in  the  William 
Weld-Paul  Cellucci  1992  Economic  Growth  Plan  of  January  1992  have  been  carried  out. 


18 


Improving 
Education  and 
Training  for 
Economic 
Development 


Joan  McRae  Stoia 


This  article  explores  the  connections  between  workforce  quality  and  economic  prosper- 
ity, as  well  as  the  role  of  the  Massachusetts  education  and  training  system,  in  devel- 
oping and  preserving  that  quality  and  supporting  the  state 's  key  industries.  It  includes 
a  review  of  the  most  recent  employment  trend  and  projection  data  available  from  the 
Massachusetts  Department  of  Employment  and  Training,  information  about  several 
business-based  workplace  education  models,  and  a  discussion  of  the  specific  educa- 
tion and  training  needs  of  workers  across  the  age/skill  continuum.  For  the  purpose  of 
this  discussion,  the  education  and  training  system  are  broadly  defined  to  include 
existing  public,  private,  and  quasi-public  agencies  and  programs,  educational  institu- 
tions, and  independent  business  and  community  efforts. 


Twice  during  the  past  fifteen  years,  the  Massachusetts  economy  has  struggled 
through  periods  marked  by  the  decline  and  disappearance  of  key  elements  within  its 
manufacturing  sector  accompanied  by  tremendous  job  losses,  particularly  among  older 
workers.  In  the  late  1970s,  many  experts  and  policymakers  viewed  what  was  occurring 
as  an  inevitable  shakeout  among  hundred-year-old  industries  that  were  no  longer  either 
competitive  or  relevant  to  the  state's  new  economic  destiny.  The  terms  used  to  describe 
what  was  happening  —  "evolution"  and  "restructuring"  —  reflected  a  belief  that  the 
changes,  though  tragic  for  individual  workers,  were  natural,  inevitable,  and  of  a  kind 
Americans  had  experienced  previously.  It  made  sense,  this  old  making  way  for  the  new. 
Even  if  we  had  not  actually  seen  it  coming,  when  faced  with  the  need  to  change  we 
would  simply  substitute  a  new  generation  of  goods  and  services  produced  in  high-tech 
environments  with  smarter  workers.  At  least  two  assumptions  informing  that  response 
have  proved  to  be  false:  one,  that  there  would  always  be  enough  qualified  people  to  sat- 
isfy our  manpower  needs,  and  two,  that  it  would  take  a  long  time  for  the  new  industries 
themselves  to  become  "mature." 

The  recession  of  the  early  1990s  challenged  another  assumption  —  that  the  new 
high-tech  environments  were  immune  to  the  kind  of  disruption  experienced  by  tradition- 
al industries.  Of  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  workers  to  lose  their  jobs  owing  to  con- 
tinued restructuring  across  industries,  many  were  midcareer  professionals.  Their  trou- 


Joan  McRae  Stoia  directs  the  Mather  Career  Center,  University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst. 

19 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


bles  are  an  indicator  of  how  closely  global  economic  forces  and  the  human  capital  of 
each  individual  worker  have  become  intertwined. 

A  number  of  innovative  programs  emerged  in  the  state  during  the  1980s  to  amelio- 
rate the  suffering  of  individual  workers  and  stabilize  struggling  businesses.  Programs  to 
help  dislocated  workers  update  skills  and  start  new  enterprises,  to  train  young  people  in 
emerging  technologies,  to  help  companies  identify  sources  of  new  capital,  to  help  the 
poor  become  economically  self-sufficient,  and  to  create  partnerships  between  businesses 
and  universities  formed  an  education,  employment,  and  training  network. 
Over  a  decade  later,  this  loose  confederation  of  schools,  employers,  government  agen- 
cies, private  contractors,  colleges,  and  universities  is  still  in  business.  Hard  times  in  the 
old  and  uncertainty  in  the  new  industries  and  recurrent  periods  of  contraction  and 
worker  dislocation  suggest  that  there  are  no  once-and-for-all  solutions  to  economic 
problems.  We  are  beginning  to  realize  that  there  is  no  particular  magic  in  any  one  set  of 
industries,  but  that  the  answers  may  be  as  much  in  the  "who"  (workers  and  managers), 
the  "how"  (the  way  work  is  organized),  and  the  "where"  (a  sharply  competitive  global 
playing  field)  as  in  the  "what"  (goods  and  services). 

Training  and  education  initiatives  that  enhance  the  knowledge  base  of  workers,  in- 
crease the  sophistication  of  managers,  improve  quality  and  productivity,  and  expand 
the  range  of  technologies  available  to  businesses  are  some  of  the  means  by  which 
Massachusetts,  faced  with  the  worst  business  climate  in  a  decade,  might  better  man- 
age and  ultimately  achieve  mastery  over  what  we  have  come  to  recognize  as  continual 
and  accelerated  industrial  change. 


Past  Trends  and  Future  Directions:  A  Review  of  Massachusetts  Employment  Data 

A  comparison  of  employment  figures  for  1983-1993  published  by  the  Massachusetts 
Department  of  Employment  and  Training  (DET)  tell  the  recent  occupational  and 
industrial  history  of  the  commonwealth  and  illustrate  some  of  the  challenges  it  faces.1 

During  the  entire  period,  employment  in  the  state's  traditional  manufacturing  sector 
fell  by  30  percent.  In  contrast,  high-technology  manufacturing  and  service  sector  em- 
ployment grew  by  27  and  26  percent,  respectively.  In  1 984  the  government  began 
reporting  on  a  new  high-technology  nonmanufacturing  sector  in  which  the  number 
employed  increased  28  percent,  representing  more  than  97,000  workers,  by  1993. 

Between  1983  and  the  beginning  of  the  last  recession,  Massachusetts  industries  per- 
formed well,  exhibiting  a  16.1  percent  increase  in  overall  employment.  Construction, 
finance,  insurance  and  real  estate,  services,  and  trade  posted  the  largest  gains;  within 
services,  health  was  among  the  strongest  performers.  Not  even  the  prosperity  of  the  so- 
called  miracle  years  could  alter  an  overall  downward  trend  in  traditional  manufacturing. 
By  the  late  1 980s,  the  entire  state  economy,  except  for  services  and  high-technology 
nonmanufacturing,  was  headed  in  that  direction.  Overall,  about  300,000  jobs  were  lost 
during  the  recession. 

According  to  DET  sources,  Massachusetts  has  regained  150,000  jobs  in  the  last  eigh- 
teen months.  Growth  among  small  and  midsize  companies  in  the  computer  software 
and  hardware,  subassemblies  and  components,  telecommunications,  environmental,  and 
biotechnology  industries  and  successful  diversification  into  these  areas  by  larger  firms 
is  responsible  for  the  positive  trend.2  Much  of  the  increase  in  employment  is  attributable 
to  the  reabsorption  of  midlevel  managers  and  other  high-skill  individuals  as  consultants 
or  "contingent"  workers. 


20 


The  Massachusetts  economy  relies  on  two  kinds  of  workers  —  high-skill  "knowledge 
workers,"  whose  investment  in  postsecondary  education  and  training  pays  high  divi- 
dends, and  low-end  service  workers,  whose  jobs  require  few  skills  and  pay  little. 
Because  industries  drive  jobs,  growth  in  high-technology  manufacturing  and  high-end 
service  industries  such  as  health  and  business  services,  as  well  as  pressure  for  produc- 
tivity improvements  in  finance,  insurance  and  real  estate,  and  retail  and  wholesale 
trade  that  use  this  technology,  has  created  a  demand  for  individuals  with  sophisticated 
skills. 

In  the  future,  slower  job  growth  is  anticipated  among  most  sectors  along  with  further 
deterioration  in  traditional  manufacturing.  Tomorrow's  firms  will  most  likely  exercise 
caution  before  adding  new  staff.  Cost  containment  and  concerns  over  future  legislative 
action  have  already  slowed  and  in  some  cases  had  a  negative  impact  on  employment  in 
hospital-based  health  care.  However,  the  aging  of  the  population  and  continued  pressure 
to  reduce  overhead  are  expected  to  contribute  to  expansion  in  non-hospital-based  ser- 
vices. Biotechnology,  in  which  a  number  of  firms  have  cut  back  on  "new  discovery" 
research  in  favor  of  commercializing  existing  products,  may  eventually  be  affected  by 
health  care  reform.  Concerns  over  hazardous  waste  disposal  will  fuel  the  environmental 
industry,  and  expansion  into  foreign  markets  will  further  drive  telecommunications. 

Workers  with  the  highest  educational  attainment  levels  will  continue  to  benefit  from 
these  trends.  The  recent,  though  perhaps  relative,  success  of  many  knowledge  workers  at 
recapturing  jobs,  either  in  new  cutting-edge  industries  or  in  traditional  industries  seeking 
cutting-edge  strategies  for  remaining  competitive,  is  indicative  of  how  advanced  educa- 
tion and  training  are  functioning  as  the  new  "safety  net." 

Unfortunately,  that  net  will  also  be  a  barrier  to  those  at  the  other  end  of  the  education 
and  skill  continuum.  Increased  productivity,  expansion  into  new  markets,  and  the 
rapid  advance  of  technology  are  some  of  the  imperatives  operating  against  unskilled 
workers  whose  proficiency  levels  have  not  kept  pace  with  industrial  change.  According 
to  the  most  recent  government  projections,  few  of  the  job  categories  that  are  expected 
to  grow  in  the  next  ten  to  twelve  years  will  be  accessible  to  those  without  at  least  a  high 
school  education  and  good  reading,  writing,  and  math  skills.  Women,  who  are  over- 
whelmingly clustered  in  slower-growing  occupations,  and  racial  minorities,  particularly 
Hispanics,  who  have  been  much  less  apt  than  whites  to  complete  high  school,  are  more 
likely  than  other  groups  to  remain  trapped  in  low-wage  jobs.  Hispanic  workers  are  con- 
centrated in  low-end  services  as  well  as  in  the  declining  machine  operating  and  assem- 
bly occupations.3 

Education  and  training  are  important  because  they  offer  a  measure  of  job  security,  but 
perhaps  more  important,  greater  mobility,  which  is  particularly  critical  for  workers  in 
declining  industries,  and  a  better  quality  of  life.  On  average,  workers  who  complete  high 
school  earn  $5,000  a  year  more  than  those  who  do  not  ($20,573  vs.  $15,042)  and  those 
with  a  bachelor's  degree  earn  twice  as  much  ($32,522).  The  largest  number  of  new  high- 
wage  jobs  will  be  created  in  professional  and  managerial  categories  requiring  an  average 
16.4  years  of  school.4 

Change  is  no  longer  occasional  but  constant  and,  as  these  projections  suggest,  has 
created  a  two-tier  job  structure  based  on  investments  in  human  capital.  When  the  in- 
vestment is  made,  companies,  individual  workers,  and  the  larger  society  benefit.  When 
it  is  not,  all  the  parties  are  likely  to  be  affected.  It  is  therefore  in  the  best  interests  of 
all  three  to  examine  their  roles  and  responsibilities  vis-a-vis  training  and  education  for 
economic  progress. 


21 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Policy  and  the  Projections 

Economists  formulate  projections  on  the  basis  of  their  analysis  of  the  past  and  available 
information  about  the  forces  they  expect  will  drive  economic  events  in  the  future. 
Projections,  positive  or  negative,  are  not  determinative,  but  they  are  useful  as  a  mirror  to 
reflect  the  consequences  of  recent  economic  policies.  In  formulating  employment 
and  training  goals  as  part  of  a  larger  economic  plan,  we  should  take  a  hard  look  at  these 
data  and  at  the  questions  they  raise. 

•  Do  we  like  the  picture  presented  by  the  data?  What  does  it  say  about  the  future 
quality  of  life  in  the  commonwealth? 

•  To  what  extent  can  employment  and  training  policy  change  the  course  of  these 
projections? 

•  How  might  demographic,  regulatory,  environmental,  and  political  factors  affect 
business,  and  with  it,  projected  demand  for  employees  within  specific  industries 
and  occupations? 

•  With  continuing  declines  in  manufacturing,  how  realistic  is  it  for  older  displaced 
workers  to  expect  ever  again  to  apply  their  invaluable  know-how  —  experiential, 
technical,  social  —  in  comparable  work  settings?  Should  we  try  to  preserve  their 
knowledge? 

•  What  do  we  know  about  the  inherent  volatility  of  occupations  located  in  areas  pro- 
jected to  grow,  such  as  travel  and  education?  How  many  of  the  growth  occu- 
pations listed  among  the  projections  rely  on  consumer  behavior  or  local  tax  rev- 
enues? 

•  Does  postsecondary  training  in  all  fields  offer  the  same  degree  of  opportunity  or 
are  some  fields  better  than  others? 

•  What  about  the  rise  in  temporary  employment  not  reflected  in  these  data? 

As  employers  struggle  to  cut  costs  and  retain  flexibility,  will  some  occupations 
involve  more  part-time/part-year  work  than  others?  How  will  we  identify  them? 

•  How  will  changes  in  the  scale  and  scope  of  firms  and  productivity  and  quality  mea- 
sures, such  as  work  teams,  have  an  impact  on  the  kinds  of  jobs  required  in  the 
future?  Do  these  projections  take  any  of  those  issues  into  account? 

•  To  what  extent  will  corporate  restructuring  and  downsizing  continue  to  have  an 
impact  on  administrative  and  managerial  jobs?  What,  if  anything,  can  be  done 
to  buffer  college-educated  workers  from  future  layoffs? 

•  Given  the  widening  gulf  between  high-skill/higher-wage  jobs  and  low-skill/lower- 
wage  occupations,  how  much  real  incentive  exists  for  the  economically  disadvan- 
taged to  reach  higher? 


22 


•  How  well  do  we  communicate  labor  market  information  to  students,  trainees,  and 
other  job  seekers? 

•  How  well  do  existing  linkages  between  businesses  and  employment  and  training 
(E/T)  service  providers  in  education  and  government  work? 

Decisions  about  the  specific  elements  of  an  employment  and  training  policy  — 
worker  retraining,  literacy,  entrepreneurship  programs,  and  so  forth  —  will  ultimately 
be  dictated  by  the  needs  of  the  industries  that  Massachusetts  decides  to  nurture. 
However,  it  is  possible  to  evaluate  the  current  system  to  determine  its  capacity  to  meet 
continuing  workforce  development  needs  and  make  recommendations  as  to  the  amount 
of  government  intervention  required  by  both  new  and  traditional  industries.  One  step  in 
the  process  is  to  examine  the  critical  issues  that  affect  workers,  managers,  and  the  orga- 
nization of  work  across  target  industries.  Another  is  to  assess  workforce  training  needs 
and  survey  examples  of  successful  public/private  training  partnerships  that  address  them. 
Finally,  we  should  learn  what  we  can  from  those  examples  to  create  flexible  change  and 
growth-oriented  policies  that  develop  more  competitive  businesses,  smarter  workers, 
and  a  better  employment  and  training  infrastructure. 


Training  and  Education  Needs  of  the  Employed 


In  a  nation  of  immigrants,  there  have  always  been  basic  skill  deficiencies  and  linguistic 
and  cultural  diversity  among  workers.  One  key  difference  between  past  and  present  is 
that  the  way  work  was  formerly  organized  deliberately  compensated  for  the  lack  of 
homogeneity  in  the  labor  force.  Today,  work  teams,  statistical  process  control,  the  need 
for  worker  participation  in  the  development  of  reliable  methods,  and  the  size,  scale,  and 
complexity  of  either  the  goods  being  produced  or  the  fabrication  (or  service  delivery) 
process  make  it  impossible  to  proceed  unless  everyone  is  speaking  the  same  language. 
Language  is  a  useful  metaphor  for  a  list  of  contemporary  worker  prerequisites  ranging 
from  adequate  verbal  skills,  literacy,  numeracy,  computing,  and  the  ability  to  operate 
complex  automated  systems  to  a  shared  vision  of  an  organization's  purpose  and  mis- 
sion. Organizational  culture  has  been  defined  as  simply  "the  way  we  do  things  around 
here."  Given  today's  business  realities,  that  will  not  and  cannot  ever  be  the  same  again. 

The  most  successful  organizational  cultures  will  be  the  ones  in  which  managers  are 
as  engaged  by  the  production  process  as  workers,  understand  and  appreciate  cultural 
differences,  are  result  oriented,  and  view  continuous  education  as  an  integral  part 
of  each  person's  job.  The  creation  of  total  learning  environments  must  accompany  the 
development  of  total  quality  workplaces. 

In  turn,  employees  must  also  be  actively  engaged  by  the  work.  As  with  managers, 
this  is  not  always  the  case.  Old  attitudes  die  hard,  but  to  produce  the  best  goods 
and  services,  each  member  of  the  enterprise  must  be  prepared  to  add  value  and  have 
his  or  her  efforts  measured  and  evaluated  in  light  of  the  organization's  mission  and 
goals  and  international  standards  of  quality.  For  many  of  those  who  are  currently  em- 
ployed, it  will  not  be  an  easy  adjustment  to  make.  Part  of  the  answer  to  worker  motiva- 
tion will  lie  in  employers'  rewarding  learning  by  tying  pay  increases  to  measurable 
increases  in  skill.  Change  must  be  initiated,  owned,  and  managed  by  individual  firms. 

E/T  initiatives  for  employed  workers  should  take  the  following  into  account: 


23 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


•  While  there  is  no  question  that  Massachusetts  possesses  an  impressive  set  of  train- 
ing and  business  support  programs,  their  existence,  purpose,  and  location  is 

not  always  known  to  prospective  clients.  Government  needs  to  catalogue  and 
communicate  information  about  (1)  the  types  of  assistance  available  and  (2) 
the  guidelines  and  regulations  for  technical  assistance.  The  need  for  information 
about  English  as  a  second  language  (ESL)  and  basic  skills  programs  is  partic- 
ularly pressing. 

•  Coordination  between  business  clients  and  service  providers  is  critical.  Because  it 
is  possible  for  an  employer  to  require  the  services  of  more  than  one  agency,  there 
has  to  be  a  method,  similar  to  the  case  management  system  in  human  services, 
whereby  several  agencies  can  work  together  smoothly  at  the  same  site  to  shield 
clients  from  bureaucratic  red  tape. 

•  Although  economic  survival  is  a  powerful  motivation,  tax  incentives  for  businesses 
and  individual  workers  may  help  stimulate  and  sustain  continuous  education. 

•  Joint  worker  education  programs  developed  at  community  colleges  in  partnership 
with  local  businesses  should  be  better  funded. 

•  Colleges,  universities,  and  businesses  should  be  encouraged  to  offer  training  in  so- 
called  soft  skills  for  managers. 

•  Finally,  because  the  number  of  companies  currently  engaged  in  self-assessment  and 
improvement  is  woefully  small,  government  should  stimulate  more  business 
involvement  by  offering  low-cost  assessment  services  and  finding  additional  ways 
to  publicize  and  reward  examples  of  excellence  within  each  industry. 


Training  and  Education  Needs  in  Declining  Industries 

Many  of  the  same  concerns  affect  declining  industries,  in  which  workers  and  firms  are 
under  great  pressure  to  survive.  Is  manufacturing  decline  inevitable?  What  conditions 
cause  an  individual  manufacturer  to  lose  ground,  and  once  identified,  can  these  condi- 
tions be  reversed? 

Clearly,  the  cost,  availability,  and  preparedness  of  the  workforce  are  critical  factors. 
In  an  earlier  era,  the  education  system  prepared  young  people  from  a  variety  of  linguis- 
tic and  ethnic  backgrounds  for  assembly-line  jobs.  Whether  it  continues  to  support 
national  business  objectives  or  does  something  else  entirely  is  arguable.  Whatever  the 
reason,  there  is  a  wide  disparity  between  the  basic  skills,  English  language  proficiency, 
and  work  habits  that  businesses  require  and  the  competence  level  of  many  prospective 
workers.  While  no  comprehensive  or  vocational  high  school  in  the  world  can  produce 
graduates  who  are  familiar  with  all  the  practices  of  individual  firms,  there  must  be  more 
emphasis  in  school  on  "learning  how  to  learn  on  the  job."  Learning  to  add  value,  to  head 
off  problems  before  they  occur,  to  contribute  new  ideas,  and  to  adjust  to  changing  cir- 
cumstances will  make  it  less  likely  that  employees  will  be  laid  off  in  the  first  place,  and 
easier  for  them  to  find  new  work  when  layoffs  occur. 

While  employers  have  legitimate  concerns  about  the  basic  skills  and  trainability  of 
workers,  it  is  not  clear  that  they  are  doing  enough  to  develop  their  personnel.  Once  a 


24 


firm  is  on  the  ropes,  it  is  difficult  to  influence  management's  thinking  about  the  value  of 
training.  Ironically,  troubled  firms  are  precisely  those  which  should  make  a  commitment. 
Given  that  the  pace  of  technological  change  and  foreign  competition  will  not  go  away, 
management  has  no  other  choice  than  to  begin  operating  differently.  Government  has 
both  a  facilitation  and  a  direct  service  role  in  the  process.  Recommendations  for  such 
firms  and  workers  include  a  mix  of  government  intervention  and  private  sector  initia- 
tives. 

•  Better  understanding  of  the  needs  of  business  by  the  educational  system; 

•  Long-range  improvements  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools  that  allow  employ- 
ers to  get  out  of  the  basic-skills  business  and  concentrate  on  providing  firm-speci- 
fic training  and  education; 

•  A  buildup  of  educational  resources  targeted  at  firms  with  the  most  acute  literacy 
problems,  including  reading  and  writing  tutorials  and  English  language  classes  for 
workers  who  need  them,  and  programs  that  help  firms  assess  and  prioritize  service 
needs  before  embarking  on  a  particular  course  of  action; 

•  Information  sharing,  reciprocal  plant  tours,  and  shared  briefings  in  technical  ad- 
vances in  other  countries  to  encourage  companies  to  talk  to  one  another;  less 
concern  by  businesses  about  training  their  workers  for  the  competition; 

•  Cultivation  of  new  and  existing  businesses  by  the  state;  monitoring  conditions  and 
practices  inside  each  of  its  major  industries  and  faster  response  to  early  signs  of 
trouble.  Industry  should  be  stewarded  like  any  other  renewable  resource. 


Training  and  Education  Needs  of  Displaced  and  Disadvantaged  Workers 

Significant  barriers  to  employment  among  the  poor,  the  uneducated,  and  the  economical- 
ly disadvantaged  and  obstacles  to  the  reemployment  of  displaced  workers  can  be  ad- 
dressed by  appropriate  mobilization  of  E/T  resources. 

The  problems  of  the  poor  and  disenfranchised  with  respect  to  employment  are  well 
documented.  Massachusetts  has  done  a  great  deal  to  help  citizens  trapped  in  the  cycle 
of  helplessness  and  dependency  train  for  and  obtain  good  jobs.  However,  business  and 
community  leaders,  educators,  and  local  government  officials  question  whether  current 
efforts  are  numerous  and  comprehensive  enough  to  meet  the  growing  needs. 

While  persistent  unemployment  among  African-Americans,  Hispanics,  and  Southeast 
Asian  immigrants  may  once  have  seemed  an  isolated  social  problem,  it  has  come  to  be 
a  great  deal  more  central  to  the  long-term  viability  of  state  businesses.  In  the  coming 
years,  more  than  50  percent  of  new  entrants  to  the  job  market  will  come  from  minority 
groups.  Chronic  joblessness  and  low  educational  attainment  rates  among  the  poor  is 
bad  business.  Problems  that  begin  in  junior  high  and  high  school  make  their  way  to  the 
job  market,  where  the  ability  to  obtain  and  hold  good  jobs  that  support  families  is  dimin- 
ished by  inadequate  academic  preparation,  such  fundamental  needs  as  day  care,  trans- 
portation, clothing,  and  so  on,  information  gaps  about  job  search  strategies  and  world  of 
work  skills,  and  psychological  problems  such  as  substance  abuse  and  low  self-esteem. 
Finding  the  right  mix  of  services  is  often  difficult  because  employment  programs  do  not 


25 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


always  address  poverty  issues,  and  E/T  programs  designed  principally  to  alleviate  pover- 
ty sometimes  fail  to  take  industry  demand  and  labor  supply  issues  into  consideration. 
Improved  coordination  and  service  delivery  are  indicated  in  at  least  five  areas. 

•  Greater  flexibility  in  the  duration  of  time  allowed  for  worker  reeducation,  basic 
education,  and  job  training; 

•  Coordination  and  consolidation  of  the  alphabet  soup  of  poverty  and  unemployment 
programs,  evaluation  of  those  programs  to  determine  their  effectiveness,  and  more 
coherent  organization  of  services  at  the  state  level; 

•  School-to-work  transition  programs  such  as  cooperative  education,  apprenticeships, 
and  work-study  programs  (provided  they  do  not  shorten  the  school  day)  for  current 
students  and  short-term  training  programs  in  key  technical  areas  for  unemployed 
high  school  graduates; 

•  Incentives  such  as  tuition  reimbursement  or  loan  options  similar  to  the  student  loan 
program  for  college  students  to  provide  a  living  wage  during  training; 

•  Job  training  that  links  young  minority  males  to  employers  and  offers  meaningful 
work  at  an  adequate  training  wage  to  provide  the  kinds  of  skills  and  experiences 
that  lead  to  good  permanent  jobs  and  undermine  any  attachment  to  the  under- 
ground economy. 

At  the  opposite  end  of  the  spectrum  are  skilled  employees,  blue-collar  and  profes- 
sional, who  are  experiencing  unemployment  for  the  first  time.  Many  do  not  understand 
the  fundamental  shifts  in  the  workplace  that  caused  them  to  lose  their  jobs  and  continue 
to  make  it  harder  for  them  to  find  work  elsewhere. 

Many  have  spent  years  in  compartmentalized  jobs  within  large  organizations,  where 
they  may  actually  have  become  deskilled  in  key  areas  such  as  office  and  plant  auto- 
mation. Responsible  for  families  and  caught  in  the  poor  housing  market,  they  are  limited 
in  how  far  they  can  go  to  look  for  work.  Programs  offered  by  worker  assistance 
centers  and  postsecondary  institutions  for  these  individuals  should  include  the  following 
strategies: 

•  Peer  support  groups  for  networking  and  sharing  productive  job  search  strategies; 
more  information  about  self-employment; 

•  Workshops  on  new  workplace  realities,  training  in  business  software,  resume  writ- 
ing and  job  seeking,  and  job  fairs  designed  to  bring  the  unemployed  into  direct 
contact  with  employers; 

•  Better  information  about  high-demand  occupations  and  the  short-  and  long-term 
training  programs  required  to  qualify  for  them; 

•  Changes  in  curriculum  design  and  delivery,  for  example,  evening  and  weekend 
classes  that  make  it  possible  for  people  to  work  at  least  part  time  while  they  train 
for  new  careers. 


26 


Training  and  Education  Needs  of  Future  Workers 

Tomorrow's  workforce  should  be  both  educated  and  trained  to  make  high-value  contri- 
butions to  high- value-added  jobs.  To  do  this,  Massachusetts  will  require  an  entirely 
different  kind  of  educational  system. 

One  of  the  problems  with  the  discussion  about  the  education  and  training  system  is 
that  it  is  not  a  single  program,  but  a  collection  of  agencies  with  different  missions  that 
do  not  always  work  together  well.  Beyond  vocational  education  and  the  community  col- 
leges, elementary,  secondary,  and  postsecondary  education  have  few  direct  connections 
with  business.  About  twenty-five  years  ago,  educators,  parents,  and  students,  with  good 
reason,  rejected  the  assembly  line's  influence  over  teaching  and  the  curriculum  but  put 
nothing  in  its  place.  The  space  race  of  the  1950s  and  the  emphasis  on  youth's  physical 
fitness  in  the  1960s  are  two  of  the  only  times  in  recent  history  when  a  larger  social 
imperative  had  an  impact  on  educational  policy. 

The  educational  and  occupational  experiences  of  the  baby-boom  generation,  with  its 
enormous  influence  on  attitudes  and  the  culture,  eventually  drove  a  wedge  between 
education  and  employment.  Ready  access  to  low-cost  higher  education  and  the  promise 
of  well-paying  professional  careers  made  it  possible  for  high  school  students  who  did 
even  moderately  well  academically  to  attend  college.  Students  who  performed  poorly  in 
school  went  to  work.  Colleges  absorbed  huge  numbers  of  high  school  graduates,  and 
large  government  and  private-sector  organizations  gobbled  up  the  college  graduates.  A 
college  degree  became  both  a  credential  and  a  certification.  Until  the  late  1980s,  college 
graduates  who  wanted  jobs  were  usually  able  to  find  them,  which  obscured  a  fifteen- 
year  decline  in  their  earnings  and  in  the  quality  of  positions  outside  certain  technical 
and  business  specialties.  Today,  a  significant  number  of  bachelor's  level  generalists  hold 
jobs  similar  to  those  once  intended  for  high  school  graduates  and  are  almost  as  ill  pre- 
pared for  the  challenges  of  the  workplace  as  the  non-college  bound. 

An  educational  system  that  minimizes  rote  learning  and  emphasizes  individual  po- 
tential can  open  students  up  to  a  world  of  unlimited  possibility.  The  danger  is  that 
without  a  clearly  articulated  mission  and  goals,  education  for  anything  can  become  edu- 
cation for  nothing  in  particular.  Lacking  educational  leadership  that  shares  a  larger 
national,  and  even  international,  vision,  that  develops  clear  standards  for  individual  and 
group  achievement  and  practical  strategies  for  helping  students  embrace  and  master 
a  complex  world  where  science,  technology,  and  commerce  are  part  of  their  lives,  our 
young  people  will  continue  to  get  half  of  what  they,  and  we,  need.  We  will  continue  to 
see  an  insufficient  number  of  students  intellectually  engaged  by  math  and  science,  fewer 
children  of  color  persisting  through  and  beyond  high  school,  a  limited  understanding 
of  the  occupational  and  personal  outcomes  of  education,  and  little  recognition  of  the  im- 
portance of  lifelong  learning  and  the  continuous  pursuit  of  new  skills. 

The  place  to  begin  is  at  elementary  and  secondary  education,  with  reforms  that 
include  the  following: 

•  The  establishment  of  goals  for  kindergarten  through  twelfth  grade  that  include 
mastery  of  advanced  academic  skills,  measurement  against  national  test  scores, 
higher  completion  rates,  and  comparisons  to  achievement  levels  among  students 
in  other  advanced  countries; 

•  The  development  of  new  methods  for  financing  education; 


27 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Elimination  of  artificial  barriers  between  working  and  learning  by  integrating  prac- 
tical experience  and  the  classroom,  promoting  discussion  between  teachers  and 
business  practitioners,  and  improved  career  guidance  for  students. 


Workplace  Education:  Three  Case  Studies 


The  following  narratives  describe  the  experiences  of  three  typical  employers  and  a  vari- 
ety of  current  and  prospective  workers  from  a  range  of  backgrounds.3  The  employers 
represent  both  emerging  and  traditional  industries.  Their  experiences  cut  across  program 
types  and  agencies  and  have  implications  for  statewide  policy  development. 

Biogen 

Biogen  is  a  fully  integrated  pharmaceutical  firm  that  creates  products  from  genetically 
engineered  organisms  for  use  as  alternatives  to  traditional  pharmaceuticals.  Its  mission 
is  to  develop  products  from  inception  through  clinical  trials  to  commercialization. 
According  to  company  representative  Christine  Carberry,  Biogen,  like  most  biotechnol- 
ogy firms,  began  as  a  collection  of  scientists  who  "did  everything  from  washing  test 
tubes  to  writing  scientific  papers."  On  its  way  to  developing  a  workforce  of  more  than 
four  hundred,  the  company  identified  two  principal  challenges:  the  need  to  contin- 
uously upgrade  its  employees'  scientific  knowledge  and  to  recruit  appropriately  quali- 
fied manufacturing  workers.  It  employed  the  following  strategies: 

•  College  and  university  courses  funded  by  the  company  through  tuition  reimburse- 
ment; 

•  A  heavy  in-house  training  investment  —  10  percent  of  its  total  manufacturing 
hours  —  in  collaboration  with  institutions  of  higher  education; 

•  The  creation  of  a  unique  internship  program  that  allows  workers  in  declining 
industries  to  train  for  entry-level  positions  in  biotechnology. 

In  1992,  50  percent  of  Biogen's  employees  availed  themselves  of  tuition  reimburse- 
ment to  take  courses. 

Biogen's  original  involvement  with  the  Massachusetts  employment  and  training  sys- 
tem was  as  an  internship  site  for  a  grant-funded  certificate  program  designed  to  upgrade 
biological  science  and  math  skills  of  prospective  biotech  employees.  The  internship  is 
a  required  component  of  biotechnology  programs  offered  at  Minuteman  Vocational- 
Technical  High  School,  Middlesex  Community  College,  and  Aquinas  Junior  College, 
which  lead  either  to  a  certificate  or  a  two-year  associate's  degree. 

Hiring  workers  who  graduate  from  the  program  has  done  a  great  deal  to  lower  re- 
cruitment costs.  During  the  past  two  years,  the  company  has  hired  86  percent  of 
the  participants  who  interned  with  it,  people  who,  according  to  Carberry,  "we  would 
not  otherwise  have  hired."  Participants  are  displaced  workers,  many  of  them  single 
mothers,  who  are  older  and  "nontraditional"  consumers  of  postsecondary  programs. 
Eager  and  grateful  for  a  second  chance,  graduates  are  competent  and  well  motivated. 
Once  hired,  many  former  interns  use  the  company's  tuition  reimbursement  plan  to 
obtain  further  education  and  training.  Eighty-six  percent  are  promoted  within  twelve 
months  on  the  job. 


28 


According  to  Carberry,  some  of  the  critical  success  factors  of  the  biotechnology  re- 
training program  are  its  short-term  nature,  accountability  by  host  institutions,  and  the 
amount  of  industry  input  into  the  design,  implementation,  and  ongoing  evaluation 
of  the  curriculum.  Extensive  use  of  the  DACUM  (developing  a  curriculum)  job-analysis 
process,  industry  surveys,  and  advisory  boards  are  common.  Of  concern  is  the  entrance 
of  more  schools  into  the  biotechnology  training  field  and  a  possible  glut  of  candidates. 
''Someone  needs  to  take  a  look  at  quality  and  graduating  class  size"  to  maintain  the  rel- 
ative balance  that  existed  between  candidates  and  available  openings,  she  says. 

In  addition  to  becoming  invested  in  continual  learning,  Biogen  has  also  realized 
that  it  has  a  stake  in  science  education  at  the  high  school  level  and  in  helping  students 
and  parents  see  biotech  as  an  attainable  career. 

As  the  company  continues  to  grow,  Carberry  anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  use 
educational  partnerships  to  identify,  train,  and  develop  workers,  despite  what  she  calls 
the  quirks  of  working  with  the  job-training  system. 

United  Electric  Controls 

Under  pressure  several  years  ago  to  survive  amid  declining  markets,  the  only  course  of 
action  for  this  sixty-year-old  sensor  and  temperature  control  manufacturer  was  change. 
United  Electric  (UE)  had  to  improve  quality  and  respond  to  market  forces  by  adopting 
a  philosophy  of  continuous  improvement.  At  that  time,  40  percent  of  the  UE  workforce 
had  limited  English  proficiency.  The  firm  realized  from  the  start  that  the  development 
and  practice  of  reliable  methods  could  not  begin  until  all  its  employees  shared  a  com- 
mon language. 

Committed  to  creating  a  continuous  improvement  environment,  the  company  took  the 
following  action: 

•  In-house  ESL  instruction  for  employees  whose  first  language  was  not  English; 

•  Ergonomic  training  for  workers,  offered  with  the  aid  of  a  government  grant; 

•  A  skills  development  program  to  qualify  workers  for  each  pay  grade; 

•  Forty  hours  of  classroom  training  a  year  for  each  employee; 

•  Two-day  seminars  at  the  plant  for  customers  and  suppliers  to  share  information  on 
quality  standards. 

UE  transformed  itself,  cutting  lead  time  from  ten  weeks  to  one  week,  improving  due- 
date  delivery  from  60  to  90  percent  on  time,  reducing  inventories,  and  ultimately  re- 
ceiving a  Shingo  award  for  manufacturing  excellence  in  1990.  It  achieved  its  status  as 
a  continuous  improvement  company  by  becoming  a  continuous  education  employer 
whose  every  employee  is  both  a  learner  and  a  teacher.  According  to  the  company's  vice 
president  for  human  resources,  Fred  Ritzau,  the  new  philosophy  at  United  Electric  Con- 
trols recognizes  that  "workforce  development  goes  hand  in  hand  with  economic  devel- 
opment.'1 

TempPro  Company 

A  much  smaller  member  of  the  temperature-sensing  industry,  TempPro  of  Northampton 


29 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


faced  similar  due-date  and  inventory  problems,  along  with  an  underprepared  workforce. 
Of  particular  concern  was  the  fact  that  employees  lacked  familiarity  with  the  company's 
product  lines.  To  improve  production  methods,  ensure  quality,  and  upgrade  worker 
skills,  TempPro  adopted  the  following  strategies: 

•  In-house  and  external  training  courses  developed  in  conjunction  with  local  educa- 
tion institutions; 

•  A  three-week  training  program  for  new  hires  that  promotes  sharing  of  new  infor- 
mation from  worker  to  worker; 

•  Tuition  reimbursement  for  job-related  course  work  at  the  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts Amherst  and  local  community  colleges; 

•  A  certification  process  for  workers,  developed  with  the  help  of  the  local  Private 
Industry  Council; 

•  Management  refresher  courses  in  legal  and  contemporary  management  issues, 
offered  by  the  local  employers  association. 

TempPro  is  a  valuable  addition  to  the  area  economy  because  it  employs,  in  addition 
to  computer  operators,  unskilled  production  workers  and  machinists,  two  job  cate- 
gories that  are  rapidly  disappearing  and  offer  a  chance  to  high  school  graduates  with 
few  marketable  skills.  For  this  company,  progress  meant  changing  manage-ment's 
attitude  toward  the  costs  associated  with  training.  Investing  in  workers,  positioning  the 
company  in  the  market  rather  than  being  controlled  by  it,  and  emphasizing  outcomes 
as  well  as  high-quality  processes  has  proved  to  be  a  successful  formula. 


Recommendations 

The  three  companies  represent  two  generations  of  technology,  present  and  futuristic, 
and  a  shared  need  for  more  sophisticated  skills  than  the  labor  market  can  currently 
deliver.  What  they  have  in  common  are  six  beliefs  that  form  a  truly  revolutionary  credo 
for  any  company  that  would  be  excellent  and  serve  as  prerequisites  for  successful 
employer  participation  in  a  Massachusetts  employment  and  training  system: 

•  Proactive  management,  a  top-down  commitment  to  changing  the  organizational 
culture  and  ownership  of  the  process  by  everyone  in  the  firm; 

•  Appreciation  of  the  barriers  to  recruitment,  employment,  and  job  performance  cre- 
ated by  low  basic  skills,  gender,  economic  disadvantage,  culture,  and  language  dif- 
ferences; 

•  Adoption  of  a  worker  as  learner  and  teacher  philosophy  that  promotes  a  sense  of 
interdependence  among  all  in  the  firm; 

•  Incorporation  of  education  and  training  as  an  essential  part  of  the  job  ,a  realization 
that  if  employees  are  not  engaged  in  continuous  learning,  they  are  falling  behind; 


30 


•  Recognition  of  the  importance  of  external  stakeholders  to  the  success  of  the  enter- 
prise —  customers,  suppliers,  parents,  students  and  other  prospective  workers, 
and  even  competitors; 

•  Emphasis  on  evaluation  and  outcomes. 

In  turn,  government,  educational  institutions,  and  training  agencies  will  need  to 
commit  to 

•  A  complete  assessment  of  the  state  resources  currently  devoted  to  education,  train- 
ing, and  business  stabilization; 

•  Better  coordination  of  the  services  we  decide  to  continue  after  this  assessment  and 
better  publicity  about  their  existence,  mission,  and  requirements; 

•  Workplace  and  community-based  ESL  and  basic-skills  programs  to  address  the 
short-term  needs  of  employers  for  able  and  contributing  employees; 

•  A  clearly  articulated  mission  for  elementary,  secondary,  and  postsecondary  educa- 
tion that  addresses  the  long-term  needs  of  learners  and  the  economy  and  recognizes 
the  centrality  of  work  to  both  the  development  of  the  individual  and  the  overall 
health  and  security  of  the  commonwealth; 

•  The  expectation  that  educational  institutions  at  all  three  levels  share  the  responsi- 
bility for  preparing  young  people  to  lead  productive  lives  as  workers  and  as  citi- 
zens; 

•  The  establishment  of  measurable  academic  performance  and  achievement  goals 
that  take  into  account  international  standards  of  excellence; 

•  Dramatic  improvements  in  the  dissemination  of  occupational  information  and 
delivery  of  career  education  and  job-placement  services  in  public  high  schools 
and  colleges; 

•  Insistence  upon  the  development  of  school-to-work  transition  programs  at  the  high 
school  and  college  level; 


-&v 


A  system  of  accountability  that  measures  individual  academic  progress  and  institu- 
tional effectiveness  in  fostering  individual  achievement; 

The  development  of  programs  and  educational  strategies  that  emphasize  lifetime 
employ  ability  among  prospective  workers; 

Government-funded  assessment  services  for  businesses  wishing  to  examine  their 
practices  and  tax  credits  or  other  incentives  for  businesses  to  engage  in  continuous 
improvement; 

Tax  credits  or  other  incentives  for  employees  who  engage  in  continuous  education. 

31 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


A  number  of  these  suggestions  were  incorporated  in  a  government  blueprint  for  job 
creation  and  economic  growth  entitled  "Choosing  to  Compete,"  prepared  by  the  state's 
Executive  Office  of  Economic  Affairs  and  the  University  of  Massachusetts.  Sixteen 
months  after  the  publication  of  this  statewide  strategy,  progress  was  being  made  in  the 
employment  and  training  arena,  most  notably  in  terms  of  improved  communication 
between  the  various  players. 

In  education,  the  process  has  been  articulated  for  charter  schools  and  curriculum  re- 
form, two  of  the  means  to  infuse  more  accountability  into  the  system.  Standards  for 
math  and  science  curricula  have  been  published  and  more  are  under  development.  The 
Bay  State  Skills  Corporation  will  soon  begin  efforts  to  coordinate  schools  and  social 
service  agencies.  Technical  preparation  programs  are  beginning  to  close  the  gap  between 
secondary  schools  and  community  colleges,  ensuring  that  more  of  the  students  who  do 
not  immediately  enter  four-year  degree  institutions  understand  and  have  access  to  post- 
secondary  programs  that  meet  their  needs. 

In  employment,  plans  are  being  made  to  implement  a  placement  accountability  sys- 
tem to  track  employment  and  earnings  and  monitor  the  effectiveness  of  workforce  de- 
velopment programs.  The  Massachusetts  Jobs  Council  is  working  closely  with  regional 
employment  boards  to  improve  coordination  and  access  by  prospective  business 
and  education  partners. 

Employers  in  emerging  high-technology  industries  such  as  telecommunications,  bio- 
technology, and  the  environment  have  founded  formal  industry  associations  that, 
among  other  functions,  provide  central  contact  points  for  prospective  education  and 
government  partners. 

Finally,  investments  in  state  government's  information  infrastructure  and  the  infusion 
of  new  federal  moneys  for  school-to-work  training  and  education  initiatives  will  stimu- 
late further  gains.  The  key  to  continued  success  is  ongoing  assessment,  program  design 
based  on  input  from  partners  and  training  "consumers,"  better  marketing  of  those  pro- 
grams, and  evaluation  and  dissemination  of  program  results.  The  education,  government, 
and  vendor  components  of  the  education  and  training  system,  as  well  as  businesses, 
must  adopt  a  continuous  improvement  philosophy  that  anticipates  change  and  offers  its 
constituents  high  quality  and  measurable  results.  **> 

Notes 

1.  "Where  the  Job  Engine  Is  Revving  Up,"  Connection  9  (Spring  1994):  33-34. 

2.  Ibid. 

3.  Massachusetts  Department  of  Employment  and  Training,  "Massachusetts 
Occupational  Projections,  An  Analysis  of  Employment  by  Occupation  to  2005" 
(Boston,  1993). 

4.  Ibid. 

5.  I  chose  to  describe  these  three  companies  during  a  conference  organized  by  the  Massa- 
chusetts Executive  Office  of  Economic  Affairs  and  the  Maurice  A.  Donahue  Institute, 

at  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Boston,  July  23,  1992.  I  updated  the  information 
where  possible. 


32 


Economic  Growth 
Issues  in 
Massachusetts 
Rural  Areas 
and  Small 

Nancy  Goff 


In  developing  a  strategy  for  economic  development,  state  government  must  consider  the 
special  needs  of  its  small  cities  and  rural  areas.  Well-meaning  policies  crafted  for  me- 
tropolitan areas  have  unintended  and  often  negative  consequences  when  applied  state- 
wide. This  article  is  a  revision  of  the  author's  topical  discussion  paper  for  the  August  6, 
1992,  Conference  on  Rural  and  Small  City  Development  at  Mount  Wachusett  Commun- 
ity College,  Gardner.  It  was  used  by  the  Massachusetts  Executive  Office  of  Economic 
Affairs  and  the  University  of  Massachusetts  in  developing  a  statewide  economic  devel- 
opment strategy. 


As  the  "miracle"  economy  of  the  1980s  gives  way  to  the  harsh  dislocations  of  the 
1990s,  Massachusetts  is  experiencing  some  of  its  worst  economic  times  in  more 
than  half  a  century,  and  according  to  its  Division  of  Employment  and  Training  (DET), 
the  worst  job  loss  of  any  state  since  the  1930s.  The  boom-and-bust  business  cycle  of  the 
past  decade  has  been  truly  extraordinary.  DET  analysis  shows  that  during  the  1980s, 
nearly  400,000  jobs  were  added  to  the  Massachusetts  economy;  the  unemployment  rate 
dipped  to  3  percent,  depicting  essentially  a  full-employment  economy.  However,  the 
past  three  years  have  witnessed  the  complete  unraveling  of  this  growth.  Virtually  all  the 
job  gains  have  been  lost,  and  unemployment  rates  have  reached  double-digit  levels  in 
many  areas  of  the  state.  Job  loss  in  the  construction  and  manufacturing  industries  has 
been  particularly  severe,  with  over  100,000  jobs  lost  in  each  of  these  sectors  alone. 
Since  1988,  one  in  five  manufacturing  jobs  has  disappeared,  representing  a  staggering 
12  percent  of  the  state's  base  employment.1 

It  is  important  to  note  that  this  trend  of  declining  employment  in  manufacturing  did 
not  begin  in  this  recession.  Indeed,  such  employment  fell  throughout  the  1980s, 
although  the  losses  were  disguised  in  state  employment  statistics  by  the  rapid  rise  of 
service-sector  jobs.  However,  in  those  regions  where  traditional  manufacturing  indus- 
tries such  as  paper,  plastics,  metalworking,  and  machining  were  important  elements  of 
the  economic  base,  the  impacts  were  severe.  For  example,  in  the  small  cities  of  the 
Northern  Tier  —  Athol,  Gardner,  Fitchburg,  and  Leominster  —  service  jobs  did  not 


Nancy  Goff,  an  economic  development  planner  specializing  in  the  issues  of  small  towns  and  rural  communi- 
ties, is  affiliated  with  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Social  and  Economic  Research,  University  of 
Massachusetts  Amherst. 


33 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 

replace  manufacturing  as  a  new  economic  base.  Because  manufacturing  still  accounts 
for  nearly  a  third  of  all  employment  —  almost  twice  the  state  average  —  the  current 
recession  has  hit  these  communities,  which  lack  the  cushion  of  service-sector  jobs, 
especially  hard. 

This  article  examines  the  economic  difficulties  faced  by  small  cities  and  rural  towns, 
highlighting  both  their  similarities  and  differences.  I  explore  the  following  four  issues, 
which  are  integral  to  the  formulation  of  a  state  economic  strategic  plan. 

•  How  can  the  state  address  the  particular  problems  of  economic  decline  and  disloca- 
tion in  small  cities  and  rural  areas? 

•  How  can  state  agencies  do  a  better  job  of  encouraging  economic  development? 

•  What  must  be  done  to  nurture  and  expand  the  state's  base  industries? 

•  What  is  an  appropriate  role  for  state  government  in  this  process,  given  political 
realities  and  fiscal  limitations? 


Similarities  and  Differences:  Rural  and  Small-City  Massachusetts 

Although  Massachusetts  is  geographically  a  small  state,  each  of  its  351  cities  and  towns 
enjoys  a  unique  character  and  political  tradition.  While  some  of  these  differences  may 
be  more  apparent  than  real,  the  distinction  among  types  of  communities  —  major  met- 
ropolitan centers,  small  cities,  and  rural  towns  —  are  more  compelling. 

Many  changes  have  occurred  in  Massachusetts  communities  during  the  past  decade. 
As  the  building  boom  of  the  1980s  brought  residential  growth  to  outlying  areas  of  the 
state,  many  rural  towns  and  small  cities  became  commuter  or  bedroom  communities  for 
the  larger  metropolitan  centers.  The  job  growth  and  increased  tax  base  that  did  occur  in 
these  small  districts  rarely  kept  pace  with  the  influx  of  new  residents,  resulting  in 
increased  demands  for  additional  or  expanded  services  and  altering  the  character  of 
many  of  them.2 

Changing  state  and  national  political  agendas  also  affect  small  cities  and  rural  com- 
munities. Local  government  must  underwrite  the  costs  of  programs  that  state  or  fed- 
eral laws  mandate  but  do  not  fund.  Reductions  in  state  financial  assistance  to  towns, 
coupled  with  the  difficulty  of  raising  additional  local  property  tax  revenues  —  because 
of  Proposition  27:  limitations  and  recessionary  impacts  on  individual  incomes  — 
have  created  further  burdens  for  local  government  in  small  cities  and  rural  towns.  Some 
argue  that  the  impacts  of  reduced  state  aid  are  more  severe  on  rural  towns,  because  most 
small  cities  have  a  broader  tax  base.  However,  all  are  feeling  the  pain,  as  state  govern- 
ment, as  well  as  private  industry,  downsizes  its  workforce  and  its  role  in  supporting 
local  government. 

The  character  of  rural  towns  and  small  cities  is  distinctly  different  from  that  of  the 
commonwealth's  major  population  centers.  These  smaller  communities  do  not  face 
the  same  type  or  level  of  social  problems,  poverty,  and  violence  encountered  daily  in 
cities  such  as  Boston,  Worcester,  Lawrence,  and  Springfield.  On  closer  examination, 
however,  the  problems  of  rural  towns  and  small  cities  differ  from  one  another.  The 
employment  base  of  a  rural  town  is  often  dispersed  and  distant,  typically  to  a  larger 
regional  center  —  for  example,  a  small  city  —  where  there  are  factories,  a  state  hospi- 


34 


tal,  or  other  major  employers.  Thus,  many  small  towns  have  no  direct  influence  over 
their  economic  base,  whereas  small  cities  typically  have  an  employment  base  within 
their  jurisdiction.  Conversely,  a  small  city  may  depend  on  an  outer  fringe  of  rural  com- 
munities for  its  workforce  and  retail  market  area. 

Another  important  difference  between  rural  towns  and  small  cities  is  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  government  functions.  Small-town  government  is  characterized  by  volunteer 
boards  and  town  meeting  decision  making,  while  small  cities  usually  have  professional 
staff  capacity,  with  policy  decision  making  carried  out  by  a  city  or  town  council. 

These  differences  can  be  significant  for  economic  development,  because  it  is  diffi- 
cult and  more  time-consuming  for  a  business  to  access  a  local  government  with  no  staff 
available  during  business  hours  to  answer  questions  or  to  provide  necessary  permits. 
Further,  the  planning  board,  board  of  health,  or  conservation  commission  may  meet  only 
twice  a  month,  making  the  permitting  process  frustratingly  slow.  These  problems  often 
combine  to  make  economic  development  in  rural  communities  an  extended  and  cumber- 
some process.  Developers  with  the  resources  to  "wait  it  out"  can  succeed,  but  their  pro- 
jects can  be  large  and  overwhelming  to  local  volunteer  boards.  This  situation  is  not  con- 
ducive to  the  small-scale  economic  development  projects  that  might  be  more  appropriate 
in  a  rural  setting. 

One  way  small  cities  and  rural  communities  can  and  do  succeed  in  their  economic 
development  strategies  is  by  cooperating  in  regionally  based  organizational  efforts. 
A  countywide  community  development  corporation  or  regional  chamber  of  commerce 
can  often  keep  abreast  of  economic  conditions,  help  the  business  community  to  cir- 
cumnavigate the  permit  process,  and  coordinate  economic  development  programs  on 
behalf  of  its  constituent  communities.  In  this  way,  small  districts,  where  neither  local 
government  nor  the  business  population  is  large  enough  to  support  economic  develop- 
ment staff,  can  participate  in  economic  development  activities. 


The  Issues 

1 .  Recognition  of  the  existence  of  rural  areas  and  small  cities  in  the  commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts. 

Critical  to  the  success  of  the  state's  economic  development  strategy  is  the  recognition 
that  the  state's  economy  is  comprised  of  urban,  metropolitan,  suburban,  and  rural  areas. 
While  the  cities  of  Boston,  Worcester,  and  Springfield  are  major  economic  forces  and 
population  centers,  the  growth  of  smaller  cities  and  rural  towns  across  the  common- 
wealth has  outpaced  that  of  the  central  cities  over  the  past  decade.  These  smaller  areas 
are  vital  to  the  state's  economic  future.  Yet  their  needs  and  characteristics  —  different 
from  those  of  the  urban  core  —  must  be  acknowledged  and  accommodated  if  they  are  to 
become  active  participants  in  the  state's  economic  recovery. 

Key  to  the  success  of  any  statewide  economic  strategy  must  be  the  recognition  that 
different  tools  are  needed  to  solve  the  unique  economic  problems  of  rural  areas,  small 
cities,  and  urban  centers.  It  is  not  simply  a  difference  of  magnitude,  but  also  a  difference 
in  kind.  The  assumption  of  homogeneity  among  places  has  made  ineffective  many  well- 
intentioned  state  and  federal  policies  and  programs. 

2.  Recognition  of  the  need  for  a  regional  approach  to  economic  development. 

The  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  is  comprised  of  a  number  of  diverse  and  unique 
regions  that  are  economically,  politically,  and  historically  distinct  from  one  another. 


35 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Strong  forces  link  communities  into  economic  regions.  The  interrelationships  among 
businesses,  communities,  and  institutions,  financial,  educational,  and  so  forth,  override 
the  issues  of  rural  town  versus  small  city.  The  role  of  separate  communities  within 
an  economic  region  may  differ  —  one  place  may  be  a  retail  center,  another  a  bedroom 
community  —  but  the  overall  health  of  the  economy  is  dependent  on  the  existence  of 
this  regional  linkage.3 

These  regions  —  identified  in  the  structuring  of  the  1992  conferences  throughout  the 
state4  —  have  different  economic  needs  that  must  be  recognized  if  economic  strat- 
egy is  to  succeed.  Where  Cape  Cod,  the  Islands,  and  southern  Berkshire  County  rely  on 
tourist  dollars  for  their  economic  well-being,  in  the  rest  of  Berkshire  County,  northern 
Worcester  County,  and  the  Blackstone  Valley,  traditional  industries  such  as  plastics, 
paper,  and  machining  are  critical.  These  areas  stand  in  marked  contrast  to  the  reliance 
of  Metropolitan  Boston  on  high-tech  and  information  service  industries.  Many  of 
the  common  problems  faced  by  businesses  within  a  region,  relating  to  need  for  infra- 
structure improvements,  transportation  systems,  technical  assistance,  capitalization, 
employee  training,  and  so  on,  can  be  addressed  in  a  regionally  defined  strategy  for  eco- 
nomic growth.  Because  the  particular  obstructions  to  economic  growth  vary  among 
regions,  each  must  develop  its  own  solutions.  One  statewide  policy  or  economic  strategy 
will  not  "fit  all." 

Further,  the  kinds  of  organizational  players  involved  in  economic  development  are 
different  for  the  Cape,  the  city  of  Boston,  and  the  town  of  Greenfield,  for  instance. 
For  a  regional  strategy  to  succeed,  the  critical  players  representing  public  and  private 
interests  in  an  area  must  be  identified  and  convinced  to  participate. 

The  political  reality  is  that  communities  compete  within  and  between  regions  for 
economic  growth  and  state  support.  Because  the  property  tax  base  is  local,  not  reg- 
ional, it  can  be  in  a  community's  best  fiscal  interest  to  site  as  much  development  as 
possible  within  its  borders,  but  to  shift  as  much  of  the  infrastructure  costs  of  that  devel- 
opment onto  others.  For  example,  locating  an  industrial  park  or  shopping  mall  on  a 
community's  border  might  shift  some  of  the  costs  of  traffic  congestion  to  the  neighbor- 
ing town.  Unraveling  this  state  of  mind  is  important,  because  it  discourages  communi- 
ties from  viewing  their  problems  regionally  and  encourages  them  to  compete  rather  than 
cooperate  with  one  another. 

3.  State  coordination  of  regional  economic  strategies. 

An  important  obstacle  to  economic  growth  is  the  lack  of  cooperation  and  communi- 
cation among  the  many  economic  development  players  within  a  region.  The  profusion 
of  players  —  chamber  of  commerce  executives,  local  government  officials,  nonprofit 
corporations,  educational  institutions,  regional  planning  authorities,  and  community 
development  corporations  —  often  fail  to  communicate  or  coordinate  their  service  plans 
adequately. 

The  process  of  developing  a  regional  economic  strategy  can  bring  these  various 
groups  together  to  discuss  their  programs,  share  their  visions,  and  work  out  their  differ- 
ences. This  process  is  not  an  easy  one,  and  the  state  must  provide  leadership  as  well  as 
financial  incentives  —  perhaps  a  small  amount  of  seed  money  to  cover  the  costs  of 
organizing  a  process  —  combined  with  some  type  of  sanctions  for  not  completing  a  job. 
The  state  must  also  develop  clear  guidelines  describing  the  kinds  of  linkages  that  should 
be  forged  among  the  players. 


36 


The  benefits  of  a  regionally  based  development  strategy  are  many.  First,  the  overall 
plan  recognizes  each  community's  role  in  its  economic  subregion,  ensuring  that  no 
community  is  "left  out"  of  the  game.  Second,  the  process  brings  together  the  business 
community,  residents,  and  members  of  neighboring  communities  to  discuss  their 
common  economic  futures.  This  means  that  issues  such  as  growth,  quality  of  life,  land 
use,  and  infrastructure  capacities  are  considered  in  a  regional,  not  just  local,  context. 
The  region  may  want  to  consider  zones  for  highly  intensive  growth,  moderate  growth, 
and  no  growth.  The  collaboration  of  neighboring  towns  is  essential  for  this  kind  of 
approach  to  work.  Finally,  the  obvious  advantage  of  a  regionally  developed  plan  over  a 
state-mandated  one  is  that  the  regional  plan  is  more  reflective  of  local  concerns  and 
political  realities,  and  thus  is  more  likely  to  be  implemented. 

4.  The  need  for  coordination  among  commonwealth  agencies. 

Agencies  dealing  with  economic  development,  educational,  and  regulatory  functions, 
the  quasi-public  services,  and  local  economic  development  groups  lack  an  organized 
system  of  communication  with  their  potential  clients. 

Massachusetts  has  an  abundance  of  resources  and  programs  to  promote  economic 
growth.  The  many  independent  quasi-public  corporations  that  provide  specialized 
financial  and  technical  assistance  are  a  tremendous  resource  to  entrepreneurs  and  busi- 
nesses interested  in  locating  or  expanding  in  the  state.  The  public  higher  education  sys- 
tem also  has  the  capacity  to  provide  employee  training,  as  well  as  specialized  manage- 
ment, engineering,  and  other  technical  industrial  support  to  Massachusetts  companies. 

There  is,  however,  a  major  problem  with  the  system  —  it  is  not  a  system  at  all. 
Instead,  this  patchwork  of  programs  and  resources  is  available  only  to  those  aware  of 
it  and  who  know  how  to  access  it  —  even  many  economic  development  professionals 
have  difficulty  getting  at  and  understanding  these  "alphabet  soup"  programs.  Scattered 
among  various  addresses  in  the  Boston  metropolitan  area,  statewide  among  the 
college  and  university  campuses  of  higher  education,  and  in  various  state  agencies  — 
DET,  EOCD,  MOBD  (Massachusetts  Office  of  Business  Development)  —  in  regional 
locations,  the  commonwealth's  economic  development  programs  are  wide-ranging  — 
and  widely  misunderstood.  The  problem  is  particularly  acute  in  the  more  remote  areas 
of  the  state.  With  few  staff  resources  in  rural  areas,  virtually  no  one  has  the  time  to 
learn  about  the  many  and  frequently  changing  programs  offered  by  the  state,  the  educa- 
tional institutions,  and  the  quasi-publics.  The  net  result  is  that  many  of  these  offerings 
do  not  serve  the  entire  state,  and  in  many  areas  the  clients  these  activities  were  designed 
to  assist  —  entrepreneurs  and  companies  —  are  not  receiving  the  assistance  they  need 
to  prosper  and  grow.5 

What  is  necessary  is  a  coordinated  delivery  system  that  recognizes  that  while  each 
of  the  institutions  is  independent,  they  serve  the  same  public.  Several  programs, 
notably  the  Small  Business  Development  Center,  MassPort,  and  the  Massachusetts  Land 
Bank,  have  opened  regional  offices  in  the  past  few  years.  While  this  is  helpful,  it  is 
not  enough.  The  agencies  should  join  together  to  make  it  easier  to  access  their  services. 
More  decentralization  is  needed  so  that  the  state  can  offer  a  coordinated  effort  to 
assist  companies  that  might  be  located  anywhere  in  the  state.  The  essential  idea  is 
to  provide  "one-stop  shopping"  through  local  offices  or  a  toll-free  phone  number  that 
businesses  and  local  economic  development  officialscould  call  for  current  accurate 
information  about  all  the  business  services  available  in  the  state. 


37 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Restructuring  the  System 

1 .  Eliminate  duplication  and  find  the  gaps  in  services. 

Massachusetts  has  a  poorly  organized  system  of  job  education  and  training.  Indeed, 
its  problems  have  been  the  subject  of  numerous  studies  and  commissions,6  so  only  a  few 
issues  will  be  touched  on  here. 

Education  and  training  programs  cover  a  broad  spectrum  of  activities,  ranging  from 
job  placement  and  training  to  educating  managers  about  organizational  issues,  providing 
technical  assistance  to  industry,  and  offering  entrepreneurial  development  to  new  busi- 
ness start-ups.  Service  locations  vary,  too,  from  vocational  high  schools  and  community 
colleges  to  private  schools,  regional  skills  centers,  and  on-site  job  training.  Linkages 
need  to  be  forged  among  these  institutions,  local  primary  schools,  and  colleges  and  uni- 
versities, the  businesses  that  are  seeking  a  well-trained  workforce,  and  the  individuals 
who  require  education  and  training  for  continued  employment. 

The  need  to  organize  this  system  to  make  it  accessible  to  all  those  who  have  to  use 
it,  and  comprehensible  to  those  who  work  within  it,  cannot  be  emphasized  enough.  The 
"system"  has  only  weak  links  with  other  economic  development  efforts,  so  that  agencies 
providing  the  services  are  often  unaware  of  the  economic  development  activities  of  oth- 
ers.7 Some  of  the  institutions  within  it,  specifically  the  colleges  and  universities,  may 
not  even  recognize  that  they  have  can  a  significant  and  direct  role  to  play.  Further,  there 
is  circumstantial  evidence  that  job  training  offices  vary  from  region  to  region  within  the 
state  in  their  interpretation  of  regulations,  as  well  in  their  service  offerings. 

Structural  problems  also  abound.  The  policy  that  requires  a  trainee  to  be  placed  in  a 
job  within  three  months  does  not  provide  either  the  agencies  or  their  clients  sufficient 
time  to  assess  whether  the  particular  job  is  appropriate  to  the  client's  requirements.  The 
net  result  is  that  clients  are  often  placed  in  jobs  they  dislike;  consequently  they  do 
poorly,  quit  or  are  fired,  go  back  to  the  public  welfare  system,  and  get  back  into  line  for 
another  placement.  The  business  community  is  not  well  served  by  this  system  either, 
because  employee  turnover  is  costly.  Finally,  it  perpetuates  the  notion  of  a  fragmented 
and  inefficient  government  bureaucracy. 

Other  issues  stem  from  the  need  for  agencies  to  apply  annually  for  funding,  so  a  dis- 
proportionate amount  of  time  is  spent  in  fund-raising.  Multiyear  contracts  would  make 
the  funding  process  more  cost  effective,  allowing  agencies  to  expend  more  of  their 
efforts  on  service  delivery. 

It  is  most  often  in  the  area  of  education  and  training  that  social  welfare  issues  inter- 
sect with  economic  development  activities.  The  state  can  have  an  important  role  in  fore- 
stalling the  need  for  retraining  programs  by  developing  a  "prevention  policy"  that  would 
sustain  early  enrichment  programs  such  as  Head  Start,  support  day  care  and  after-school 
programs  for  children  of  working  parents,  maintain  school  breakfast  and  lunch  pro- 
grams, and  work  to  keep  children  in  school  through  the  end  of  high  school. 

2.  Restructure  the  state  tax  code  to  facilitate  economic  development. 

Proposition  27:  severely  restricts  the  ability  of  communities  to  raise  tax  money  for 
prospective  economic  development.  With  limits  placed  on  the  total  property  tax  levy, 
large  and  small  communities  are  unable  to  raise  the  funds  necessary  to  make  infrastruc- 
ture improvements  for  planned  future  industrial  development.  These  communities  are 
struggling  to  meet  their  current  fiscal  requirements.  The  political  and  economic  climate 
has  severely  limited  the  availability  of  state  and  federal  funds  for  this  purpose. 


38 


One  of  the  unexpected  impacts  of  Proposition  27:  is  that  communities  are  accepting 
growth  wherever  they  can  find  it,  whether  or  not  it  seems  appropriate  for  them.  Because 
"new  growth"  is  exempt  from  the  levy  limit,  communities  can  raise  additional  property 
tax  revenues  based  on  the  valuation  of  new  construction.  Poor  planning  and  land-use 
decisions  are  often  the  result.  Thus,  even  if  a  community  would  prefer  to  slow  or  control 
certain  kinds  of  growth  —  for  example,  commercial  strip  development  that  hurts  its 
downtown  business  area  —  it  may  not  be  in  the  town's  fiscal  interest  to  do  so. 
Moreover,  even  if  the  long-term  fiscal  cost  of  growth  is  greater  than  the  short-term  gain 
—  for  example,  development  in  environmentally  sensitive  areas  that  eventually  results  in 
the  need  for  additional  sewer  capacity  —  it  may  be  in  the  town's  short-term  fiscal  inter- 
est to  accept  the  development. 

It  is  important  for  communities  to  maintain  and  upgrade  their  existing  infrastructure. 
Older  areas  of  a  rural  entity,  such  as  the  center  of  town,  may  be  the  only  places  with 
public  sewers  and  water.  Yet  the  pressure  for  development  may  come  from  its  outlying 
districts.  There  are  no  economic  development  tools  that  encourage  reuse  of  vacant  build- 
ings or  reinvestment  in  existing  infrastructure. 

Various  bills  currently  before  the  Massachusetts  legislature  would  authorize  commu- 
nities to  provide  tax  increment  financing  on  specified  infrastructure  improvement  proj- 
ects for  economic  development.  Structured  as  a  betterment  fee,  tax  increment  financing 
would  allow  communities  to  fund  physical  betterments,  perhaps  in  designated  areas  such 
as  enterprise  zones  but  outside  the  limits  of  Proposition  272.  The  cost  of  the  improve- 
ments would  be  paid  by  the  beneficiaries,  with  charges  phased  over  time.8 

3.  Structure  state  programs  for  rural  areas  as  well  as  urban  centers. 

Too  often,  those  who  set  the  policies  for  economic  development  programs  have  only 
an  urban  perspective.  Officials  should  make  regular  visits  to  the  more  remote  areas  of 
the  state  to  experience  personally  the  character  of  nonurban  communities.  They  would 
become  more  directly  aware  that  rural  areas  lack  the  professional  staff  support  of  cities. 
Rural  towns  are  run  by  part-time  volunteer  boards.  Thus  information  about  new  state 
initiatives,  programs,  and  agencies  may  never  get  through  to  them  or  be  difficult  to 
obtain  or  understand,  because  no  one  at  the  local  level  has  time  to  make  the  necessary 
connections  or  fill  out  the  necessary  application  forms.  Similarly,  development  is  ham- 
pered because  a  business  needing  information  has  no  one  to  call  on.  Local  decisions  are 
often  made  slowly  because  there  is  simply  no  professional  staff  to  support  and  advise 
the  selectmen,  planning  board,  board  of  health,  or  conservation  commission.  This,  too, 
has  an  impact  on  the  business  community,  which  has  to  make  decisions  quickly. 

An  example  of  a  policy  whose  urban  focus  causes  hardship  in  rural  areas  is  the 
statewide  wage-rate  requirement  for  job  placements  from  education  and  training  pro- 
grams.9 This  policy  does  not  reflect  the  reality  of  lower-paying  rural  jobs,  making  appro- 
priate placements  for  employment  scarce  in  remote  areas.  Changing  state  regulations  to 
refer  to  a  local  or  regional  rather  than  statewide  wage  rate  would  create  more  employ- 
ment opportunities  for  people  in  job-training  programs  in  rural  areas. 

4.  Provide  state  funding  for  programs  that  directly  benefit  rural  communities. 

The  concept  of  several  towns  sharing  administrative  staff  was  popular  several  years 
ago.  The  Circuit  Rider  Program  was  a  state  initiative,  funded  by  the  Executive  Office  of 
Communities  and  Development,  which  allowed  two  or  three  communities  to  share  the 
services  of  a  professional  staff  person.  10  It  worked  well,  but  unfortunately  state  funding 


39 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


was  cut;  through  subsequent  fiscal  crises,  many  communities  have  been  unable  to  sus- 
tain their  financial  share  of  the  administrator's  salary.  Restoring  funding  to  this  small 
program  would  go  a  long  way  toward  helping  rural  communities  with  economic  devel- 
opment needs. 

The  Agricultural  Preservation  Restriction  Program  is  another  state  initiative  whose 
benefits  are  important  to  rural  areas.  By  deciding  to  purchase  the  development  rights  to 
agricultural  lands,  communities  can  help  to  ensure  that  their  agricultural  base  is  main- 
tained. The  implications  for  open  space  preservation  are  obvious.  The  farms  themselves 
are  part  of  the  region's  economic  fabric,  so  in  supporting  them,  other  rural  businesses, 
such  as  farm  equipment  suppliers,  machinery  mechanics,  and  local  trucking  companies, 
also  benefit. 


Additional  Issues 

1.  Change  the  liability  for  sites  with  existing  hazardous  waste  contamination  (2 IE  viola- 
tions) to  encourage  the  reuse  of  old  industrial  buildings. 

The  problem  of  liability  for  vacant  old  mill  buildings  that  may  be  major  or  minor 
hazardous  waste  sites  has  to  be  addressed.  The  liability  issue  and  the  uncertainty  of  the 
cost  of  cleanup  makes  it  very  difficult  to  sell  or  rehabilitate  old,  vacant  industrial  build- 
ings that  are  otherwise  structurally  sound.  The  current  recession  removes  what  little 
incentive  there  might  have  been  during  boom  times  to  reuse  these  buildings,  which  are 
a  blight  on  communities  and  a  potential  danger,  since  many  owners  do  little  to  maintain 
them.  Communities  have  been  advised  not  to  take  them  for  tax  title,  because  of  possible 
of  expensive  cleanup  costs. 

One  unintended  impact  of  the  hazardous  waste  cleanup  stipulation  is  that  develop- 
ment is  occurring  on  new  land  which  is  more  remote  from  town  centers.  Where  an 
old  mill  may  be  linked  to  public  water  and  sewer,  a  new  development  is  increasingly 
costly  because  of  the  need  to  extend  these  services.  There  are  state  and  federal  programs 
to  pay  for  these  infrastructure  costs.11  However,  it  might  be  more  in  a  community's 
interest  to  reuse  the  existing  building,  upgrade  the  existing  infrastructure,  and  clean  up 
the  site. 

2.  Recognize  that  many  types  of  industries  will  be  able  to  grow  and  prosper  in  the 
state's  diverse  economy. 

The  state  should  not  rest  its  economic  strategy  solely  on  the  potential  growth  of  such 
"new"  industries  as  information,  biotech,  and  high  technology.  Instead,  a  policy  that 
also  promotes  innovations  and  expansions  in  the  nation's  "mature"  industries  could  ben- 
efit the  small  cities  where  workers  are  accustomed  to  such  jobs.  Either  through  attrac- 
tion strategies  to  locate  expanding  firms  or  local  expansion  strategies  to  encourage  their 
growth  in  Massachusetts,  it  is  important  to  recognize  the  strength  and  potential  of 
mature  industries. 

3.  Help  business  and  development  organization  personnel  to  attend  trade  shows  in  this 
country  and  abroad  and  encourage  exports  to  Canada  and  Mexico. 

The  implications,  challenges,  and  opportunities  arising  from  the  North  American  Free 
Trade  Agreement  are  as  yet  unknown.12  Massachusetts  can  share  information,  foster  dis- 
cussion, and  formulate  policies  to  assist  state  businesses  in  dealing  with  foreign  trade  in 
the  future. 


40 


Trade  shows  can  be  a  successful  means  for  a  business  to  expand  its  market.  Many 
small  firms  are  unaware  of  how  lucrative  this  approach  can  be,  and  they  need  help 
and  encouragement  to  attempt  it.  The  state  should  encourage  such  firms  to  attend  trade 
shows  and  provide  information  on  preparing  for  and  selecting  appropriate  U.S.  and 
foreign  exhibitions.  The  state  could  also  assist  by  coordinating  firms  to  share  space  or 
by  sponsoring  a  state  booth.  While  MassPort  currently  helps  businesses  in  this  way, 
the  state's  role  might  be  to  ensure  that  the  link-up  occurs  and  that  MassPort  has  the 
resources  to  serve  the  smaller  firms  of  the  state. 

The  nearby  Canadian  market,  with  fewer  political,  transportation,  and  language  barri- 
ers to  entry  than  overseas  markets,  is  perhaps  a  good  starting  point  for  small  firms  seek- 
ing export  opportunities. 

4.  Recognize  the  importance  of  tourism  to  the  state's  economy;  consider  it  an  "export 
industry." 

The  Cape,  the  Islands,  and  the  Berkshires  are  rural  regions  with  well-developed  tour- 
ist industries.  It  is  important  that  these  areas  have  the  resources  to  market  themselves  — 
especially  to  increasingly  distant  "customers."  Many  Canadian  tourists  visited  Cape  Cod 
in  1994,  yet  the  state's  promotional  efforts  to  draw  them  seem  minimal  to  some  observ- 
ers. Increasing  the  quality  of  promotional  materials  to  more  distant  markets  is  seen  as 
important  to  sustaining  the  tourist  industry. 

It  is  unclear  whether  the  state's  tourist  regions  and  agencies  themselves  could  do  a 
better  job  in  coordinating  their  institutions  and  businesses  to  attract  more  visitors  or 
encourage  them  to  prolong  their  stays. 

5.  Encourage  industrial,  retail,  and  financial  businesses  to  develop  their  competitive 
advantage  through  finding  and  exploiting  a  market  niche. 

Some  companies  are  successfully  growing  through  the  Massachusetts  recession  by 
targeting  their  efforts  toward  a  specific  market.  For  example,  downtowns  are  increas- 
ingly becoming  populated  with  retail  shops  that  specialize  in  particular  items  or  styles  in 
response  to  competition  from  large-scale  regional  discount  retail  operations  like  Costco 
and  Wal-Mart.  Manufacturers  can  also  pursue  a  specific  market  niche,  for  instance,  the 
woodworking  company  that  switched  its  product  line  from  colonial-  to  contemporary- 
style  furniture  in  response  to  a  changing  market.  Software  firms  can  specialize  in  educa- 
tional programs  for  PCs  or  business  applications  for  minicomputers.  Finally,  in  the  cur- 
rent banking  crisis,  one  success  story  is  a  local  lender  that  specializes  in  commercial 
loans  to  small  companies  in  central  Massachusetts.  The  important  lesson  is  that  the  suc- 
cessful firms  are  those  which  have  defined  themselves  in  terms  of  their  market  and 
effectively  adapted  themselves  to  meet  its  demands. 

6.  The  state  should  monitor  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  requirements  of  banks  to 
ensure  that  the  needs  of  small-city  and  rural-area  businesses  are  met. 

During  this  recession  and  banking  crisis,  some  small  businesses  are  having  particular 
difficulty  locating  financing.  A  gap  seems  to  exist  in  the  $25,000  to  $75,000  range  of 
loans,  especially  for  mature  industries  and  newer  companies.  There  is  concern  that 
banks  are  unable  to  make  such  medium-size  loans  because  small  manufacturers  need 
funds  for  equipment  and  working  capital.  The  local  loan  funds  that  operate  in  the  state 
cannot  service  requests  of  this  magnitude,  yet  the  state's  public  financing  programs  need 
larger-scale  loans  to  cover  their  transaction  costs. 


41 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


The  reasons  banks  are  not  making  these  loans  are  not  entirely  clear.  On  one  hand,  the 
problems  of  risky  loans  gone  sour  in  the  past  make  bank  officers  shy  away  from  writing 
loans  that  are  not  well  secured.  On  the  other  hand,  lack  of  capital  is  a  significant  imped- 
iment to  business  growth  and  can  lead  to  the  demise  of  a  firm,  so  that  in  a  sense  the  lack 
of  available  resources  is  creating  a  self-fulfilling  prophecy. 

In  developing  a  strategy  for  economic  development,  state  government  must  consider 
the  special  needs  of  its  small  cities  and  rural  areas.  Strategies  crafted  by  policymakers 
from  urban  or  metropolitan  areas  can  cause  unintended,  often  negative  consequences 
when  applied  statewide. 

Since  the  1993  publication  of  the  state's  economic  development  strategy,  "Choosing 
to  Compete:  A  Statewide  Strategy  for  Job  Creation  and  Economic  Growth,"  a  number  of 
positive  changes  have  come  about.  The  quasi-public  financing  agencies  have  increased 
their  visibility  and  accessibility  to  businesses  in  western  Massachusetts.  The  Massa- 
chusetts Office  of  Business  Development  has  expanded  its  Springfield  office  to  offer 
one-stop  shopping  services  to  new  or  existing  businesses,  providing  information  about 
all  state  programs  available  for  business  assistance.  The  University  of  Massachusetts  is 
developing  an  enterprise  development  initiative  to  provide  information  on  technical  and 
management  issues  and  financial  support  to  young  technology-based  firms. 

The  more  remote  areas  of  western  Massachusetts  where  economic  development 
efforts  are  flourishing  depend  not  so  much  on  state  programs  as  on  local  agency  cooper- 
ation and  persistence.  In  the  northern  Berkshires,  for  example,  plans  to  create  an  arts- 
related  economy  were  launched  in  the  mid-1980s  with  the  development  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Museum  of  Contemporary  Art  at  the  former  Sprague  Electric  complex.  Over 
the  years,  state  support  has  fluctuated  for  this  controversial  project,  but  with  local  lead- 
ers steadfast  in  their  resolve,  it  is  slowly  moving  forward.  In  Franklin  County,  a  coali- 
tion of  economic  development  organizations  have  joined  together  to  form  the  Franklin 
County  Economic  Development  Task  Force,  holding  conferences  to  discuss  local  oppor- 
tunities for  growth  and  working  to  coordinate  their  services.  The  role  of  Massachusetts 
in  these  places  is  seen  as  most  useful  when  it  supports  local  efforts,  funds  planning  as 
well  as  implementation,  and  takes  into  account  the  diversity  of  Massachusetts  communi- 
ties. **> 


Notes 

1.  Facts  about  the  Massachusetts  economy  were  presented  by  the  Massachusetts  Depart- 
ment of  Employment  and  Training  at  the  Conference  on  Rural  and  Small  City 
Development,  August  6,  1992,  at  Mount  Wachusett  Community  College,  Gardner. 

2.  The  fiscal  implications  of  residential  growth  on  communities  have  been  widely  studied. 
The  Center  for  Economic  Development  at  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst  has 
developed  a  fiscal  impact  model  for  Massachusetts  communities. 

3.  Topography,  geography,  and  other  factors  such  as  the  location  of  highways,  airports,  and 
rail  and  utility  lines  certainly  play  a  role  in  determining  a  community's  economic  base. 
However,  communities  themselves  either  implicitly  or  explicitly  encourage  particular 
types  of  development  by  their  attitudes  toward  business  or  industry,  in  their  zoning 
bylaws,  and  in  their  property  taxing  policies. 

4.  The  seven  regions  are  Berkshire,  Pioneer  Valley,  Central,  Northeast,  Greater  Boston, 
Southeast,  and  the  Cape  and  Islands. 


42 


5.  For  example,  a  western  Massachusetts  farm  was  unsuccessful  in  its  attempt  to  locate 
expansion  financing  for  its  goat  milk  products  line  in  1992.  Yet  this  type  of  business  is 
appropriate  for  rural  areas,  it  preserves  land  and  a  rural  lifestyle,  offers  employment, 
and  adds  income  to  small  local  economies.  Public  financing  programs  were  not  interest 
ed  in  providing  a  loan  because  the  scale  and  the  financial  return  were  too  small,  and 
the  financial  package  was  too  large  for  local  enterprise  funds. 

6.  For  an  overview  of  the  issues,  see  Joan  Stoia,  "Improving  Education  and  Training  for 
Economic  Development,"  in  this  issue. 

7.  The  situation  is  improving  with  the  siting  of  the  state's  sixteen  regional  employment 
boards  in  Private  Industry  Council  offices.  The  REBs  coordinate  and  oversee  job  training 
and  job  education  programming  as  well  as  programs  for  dislocated  workers  in  their 
region.  This  structure  helps  to  minimize  duplication  and  eliminate  gaps  in  services. 

8.  The  Massachusetts  business  incentive  legislation,  which  authorized  tax  increment  financ- 
ing, was  passed  by  the  Massachusetts  legislature  in  March  1993.   It  allows  real  estate  tax 
abatements  that  communities  can  use  to  encourage  developers  to  improve  property  in 
economic  target  areas.  The  bill  allows  a  declining  five-year  tax  abatement  on  the  value  of 
the  improvements.  The  legislation  also  includes  an  allowance  for  increasing  the  invest 
ment  tax  credit  (up  to  5  percent)  for  businesses  in  economic  target  areas  that  make  capi- 
tal purchases  of  machinery,  equipment,  or  buildings. 

9.  The  difficulties  engendered  by  statewide  wage-rate  requirements  were  discussed  at  the 
Conference  on  Rural  and  Small  City  Development  by  Arthur  Schwenger,  executive  di- 
rector of  the  Franklin/Hampshire  County  Private  Industry  Council.  Subsequent  to  the 
conference,  the  requirement  was  changed  to  wage  rates  based  on  labor  market  area 
averages.  While  this  does  not  entirely  solve  the  problem  in  low-income  pockets  of  LMAs, 
it  is  an  improvement  over  using  a  single  statewide  rate. 

10.  The  Circuit  Rider  program  is  now  a  part  of  EOCD's  Municipal  Incentive  Program.  Towns 
without  staff  may  apply  funds  to  cover  administrative  salaries  for  a  period  of  time,  after 
which  the  town  or  towns  pay  the  full  share. 

11.  Federal  and  state  programs  for  industrial  infrastructure  improvements  include  the  Rural 
Development  Administration  (formerly  Farmers  Home  Administration)  of  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  the  Economic  Development  Administration  of  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Commerce,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development,  and 
the  Massachusetts  Executive  Office  of  Communities  and  Development. 

12.  The  North  American  Free  Trade  Agreement,  ratified  in  1993,  eliminates  trade  barriers, 
such  as  tariffs,  on  goods  and  services  imported  from  Canada,  Mexico,  and  the  United 
States.  It  is  too  soon  to  judge  the  effectiveness  of  the  treaty,  whose  purpose  is  to  stim- 
ulate trade  between  the  nations  for  the  benefit  of  businesses  within  each  country. 


43 


44 


Investing  in 

Economic 

Infrastructure 


Paul  W.  Shuldiner,  D.E. 


The  economic  returns  that  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  enjoys  from  its  invest- 
ments in  transportation  and  other  physical  infrastructure  result  from  the  jobs  that  are 
created  by  these  investments  and  from  the  enhanced  utility  of  land  that  public  works  cre- 
ate. The  integrative  property  of  transportation  in  particular  makes  the  comprehensive 
planning  of  transportation  facilities  an  inordinately  complex  and  essential  public  func- 
tion. This  function  was  the  focus  of  the  July  1992  workshop  sponsored  by  the  Executive 
Office  of  Economic  Affairs  and  the  University  of  Massachusetts.  Among  the  principal 
themes  the  participants  addressed  were  how  the  state 's  interest  in  economic  develop- 
ment should  be  expressed;  how  local,  regional,  and  state  interest  might  be  balanced; 
and  how  public  and  private  investment  relate  to  each  other.  The  author  presents  conclu- 
sions and  recommendations  concerning  these  and  closely  related  workshop  themes.  The 
significance  of  developments  that  have  taken  place  since  the  workshop,  especially  those 
concerning  a  second  major  airport  and  Routes  2  and  7,  are  also  reviewed. 


Of  the  many  issues  that  were  discussed  and  debated  at  the  July  21,  1992,  workshop 
on  Investing  in  Economic  Infrastructure,  the  one  point  on  which  there  appeared 
to  be  widespread  agreement  was  that  continued  investment  in  infrastructure  is  essential 
to  the  continuing  economic  development  of  the  commonwealth.  This  position  is  support- 
ed by  a  1990  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Boston  study,  "Financing  Capital  Expenditures  in 
Massachusetts."1  But  consensus  was  not  nearly  so  universal  regarding  the  specific  appli- 
cations of  this  general  principle.  A  variety  of  views  was  expressed  on  such  essentials  as 
what  the  state's  interest  in  economic  development  should  be  and  how  this  interest  should 
best  be  expressed;  how  local,  regional,  and  state  interests  and  concerns  might  be  bal- 
anced and  articulated;  how  private  investment  relates  to  public  actions;  and  even  on  just 
what  is  meant  by  "infrastructure."  These  and  other  themes  arising  from  the  meeting  are 
summarized  in  the  following  sections. 


The  Nature  of  Infrastructure  Investment 


The  term  "infrastructure"  is  used  here  to  mean  those  physical  structures  and  systems 
which  facilitate  the  use  of  land  and  the  movement  of  people,  goods,  and  information 

Paul  W.  Shuldiner,  professor  of  civil  and  environmental  engineering,  teaches  transportation  planning,  policy, 
and  design. 

45 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


from  one  place  to  another.  This  rubric  includes  highways,  airports,  rail  and  other  trans- 
portation facilities,  water  supply  and  sewage  treatment  systems,  and  telecommunication 
networks.  Among  categories  not  included  are  so-called  soft  infrastructure  systems  such 
as  education,  public  service,  and  finance. 

The  economic  impact  of  infrastructure  investments  is  threefold.  In  the  first  instance, 
investments  in  infrastructure  create  jobs  as  a  direct  consequence  of  the  planning,  design, 
and  construction  activities  necessary  to  bring  physical  facilities  into  being.  These  first- 
order  economic  impacts  are  subsequently  reflected  throughout  the  economy  in  demands 
for  goods  and  services  necessary  to  support  these  primary  investment  activities.  In  both 
direct  and  indirect  economic  impacts,  infrastructural  spending  adds  to  the  common- 
wealth's economic  product  much  as  any  other  capital  expenditure  would  do.  But  it  is 
through  the  function  as  facilitator  of  other  economic  and  social  activities  that  infrastruc- 
tural investments  play  a  uniquely  powerful  role  in  fostering  economic  development. 

Infrastructure  creates  time  and  place  utility.  Without  water  and  sewerage  systems, 
the  efficient  use  of  land  would  be  impossible;  without  adequate  transportation,  our  inte- 
grated productive  structure  would  be  little  more  than  a  set  of  isolated  cottage  industries 
employing  local  labor  and  distributing  their  products  within  a  geographically  limited 
market;  and  without  modern  telecommunications,  many  of  the  social  and  economic 
interactions  that  we  take  for  granted  simply  could  not  take  place. 

The  integrative  functions  of  infrastructure  are  what  make  investment  in  these  facili- 
ties and  systems  such  a  potentially  powerful  economic  force.  It  is  this  integrative 
property  that  also  makes  effective  planning  of  infrastructural  investment  so  essential 
and  so  inordinately  complex.  Plans  for  infrastructural  investments  cannot  be  made  in 
isolation.  Major  infrastructure  systems  have  wide-ranging  impacts  whose  effects  are 
manifested  over  long  periods  of  time.  We  today  are  the  beneficiaries  of  infrastructural 
investments  that  were  made  decades  ago;  our  investments,  in  turn,  will  profoundly 
affect  the  economic  well-being  of  future  generations. 


The  State's  Interest  in  Infrastructure  Development 

The  nature  and  extent  of  the  state's  interest  in  infrastructure  and  development  depend  on 
the  specific  type  of  infrastructure  being  considered.  Traditionally,  the  construction  and 
maintenance  of  major  highway  facilities  has  been  deemed  to  be  an  essential  state  func- 
tion. The  Massachusetts  Highway  Commission  (now  the  Massachusetts  Highway 
Department),  the  oldest  state  highway  agency  in  the  nation,  was  established  well  before 
the  1916  federal  law  requiring  the  existence  of  such  agencies  as  a  precondition  for 
receiving  federal  highway  moneys.  The  state's  interest  in  other  public  works,  such  as 
regional  transit  systems  and  rail  and  airport  facilities,  although  not  always  as  direct  and 
clear  cut  as  in  highways,  is  also  well  established. 

The  nature  of  the  state's  interest  in  major  transportation  initiatives  may  be  seen  by 
surveying  two  distinctly  different  examples:  relief  of  excessive  congestion  at  Logan 
Airport  through  the  construction  of  a  second  major  airport  or  other  facilities  and  elimi- 
nation of  long-standing  barriers  to  the  free  flow  of  passenger  and  goods  movements 
in  sections  of  western  Massachusetts  by  means  of  improvements  to  Routes  2,  7,  and  8. 
Three  issues  are  covered:  integration  of  planning  for  complementarytransport  modes; 
the  dynamics  of  local,  regional,  and  state  interests  in  transportation  investments,  includ- 
ing both  "quality  of  life"  and  transportation  access  considerations;  and  the  raising  and 
use  of  highway  revenues. 


46 


A  Second  Regional  Airport 

The  need  for  a  second  regional  airport  has  been  predicated  on  current  and  anticipated 
congestion  at  Logan  Airport.  Initial  estimates  prepared  by  the  Massachusetts  Port 
Authority  in  1990  forecast  a  capacity  deficit  of  5  million  passengers  per  year,  assuming 
an  annual  growth  rate  in  demand  of  3  percent;  at  a  growth  rate  of  4  percent,  the  deficit  is 
expected  to  reach  19  million  passengers  per  year.  These  rates  are  lower  than  the  5  per- 
cent annual  growth  rate  that  Logan  has  experienced  over  the  past  twenty  years. 

The  initial  estimates  of  demand  for  air  transportation  were  the  subject  of  intensive 
review  in  light  of  the  New  England  Transportation  Initiative2  and  renewed  regional  inter- 
est in  high-speed  ground  transportation.  The  latter  includes  possibilities  for  much 
improved  passenger  rail  service  between  New  York  City  and  Boston  and  ultra-high- 
speed magnetically  levitated  (Maglev)  trains  between  Boston  and  other  major  cities  in 
the  Northeast.  The  potential  impacts  on  demand  at  Logan  of  increasing  use  of  telecom- 
munications and  economic  and  political  developments  in  Eastern  Europe  and  Pacific 
Rim  countries  were  also  factored  into  this  reassessment,  as  were  the  implications  of  new 
air  quality  requirements  embodied  in  the  Federal  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  of  1990? 
and  the  Intermodal  Surface  Transportation  Efficiency  Act  of  1991.4 

Consideration  had  been  given  to  accommodating  anticipated  increases  in  air  transport 
demand  through  expansion  of  other  New  England  regional  facilities  such  as  Pease  Air 
Base  in  New  Hampshire  and  T.  F.  Greene  Airport  in  Providence  and  linking  these  outly- 
ing facilities  by  high-speed  rail  or  Maglev  to  Boston.  At  first  glance,  integration  of 
expanded  regional  air  facilities  by  a  high-speed  ground  transport  network  is  an  attractive 
prospect.  However,  there  are  several  serious  problems  with  such  an  approach.  In  the  first 
instance,  70  percent  of  the  region's  air  traffic  is  centered  in  Massachusetts.  The  airlines 
that  serve  this  traffic  much  prefer  to  concentrate  their  facilities  at  one,  or  at  most  two 
locations  rather  than  maintain  duplicate  facilities  and  services  at  several  sites.  Further- 
more, Pease  Air  Base  could  not  accommodate  the  anticipated  traffic  growth  even  if 
expanded  to  the  full  extent  of  its  potential  capacity,  and  even  limited  expansion  of  T.  F. 
Greene  Airport  would  impose  severe  noise  impacts  on  surrounding  communities. 

Regardless  of  its  location,  a  second  regional  airport  would  impose  severe  growth 
pressures,  high  volumes  of  ground  traffic,  and  a  measure  of  noise  pollution  on  neighbor- 
ing communities.  In  anticipation  of  these  inevitable  impacts,  the  primary  objective  of 
the  second  airport  study5  was  to  identify  one  or  more  sites  of  5,000  acres  or  more  that 
could  be  reserved  well  in  advance  of  construction  to  accommodate  staged  development 
to  serve  future  air  traffic  demands  from  an  initial  level  of  5  million  passengers  per  year 
to  an  ultimate  capacity  of  30  million.  (Logan  presently  handles  22  million  passengers 
per  year  on  a  2,400-acre  site.)  The  minimum  of  5,000  acres  for  a  new  facility  was  cho- 
sen in  the  interest  of  limiting  off-site  noise  impacts  to  the  maximum  extent  feasible. 

Two  potential  locations  were  tentatively  identified:  Fort  Devens,  at  which  a  total  of 
9,000  acres  could  be  made  available  at  the  central  and  south  posts,  and  a  5, 000- acre  site 
in  Winchendon  and  Gardner.  Early  identification  of  a  specific  site  to  be  reserved  for 
future  development  would  be  essential  to  allow  the  surrounding  communities  the  oppor- 
tunity to  plan  for  the  growth  that  would  inevitably  attend  the  creation  of  so  large  a  fa- 
cility. In  this  regard,  a  regional  approach  to  growth  management  would  be  essential.  It 
might  even  be  necessary,  therefore,  to  reconstitute  the  existing  regional  agencies  into  a 
form  resembling  the  recently  established  Cape  Cod  Commission. 

The  strategic  assessment  by  the  Massachusetts  Aeronautics  Commission  not  only 
reexamined  air  traffic  demand  forecasts  in  the  context  of  potential  development  of  high- 


47 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


speed  ground  transportation  alternatives,  but  also  analyzed  the  benefits  and  costs  of 
reserving  large  tracts  of  land  now  phased  for  development  in  the  future.6  Although  pub- 
lic and  private  investment  in  a  major  regional  airport  would  have  to  be  considerable, 
anticipated  economic  activity  spurred  by  such  investment  could  be  expected  to  be  sub- 
stantial. In  general  terms,  air  access  is  essential  for  economic  development.  A  Dow 
Jones  survey,  cited  in  the  "Second  Major  Airport  Siting  Study,"7  revealed  that  good  air 
service  is  the  single  most  important  consideration  in  selecting  a  location  for  corporate 
headquarters.  In  more  immediate  and  specific  terms,  a  major  airport  is  a  powerful  "eco- 
nomic engine."  The  Aeronautics  Commission  report  estimates  that,  when  operating  at  a 
level  of  10  million  passengers  per  year,  a  second  regional  airport  would  generate 
between  $1  billion  and  $2  billion  in  economic  product  a  year  and  create  between  10,000 
and  20,000  new  jobs;  at  a  traffic  level  of  30  million  passengers  per  year,  the  economic 
impacts  would  rise  to  as  much  as  $5  billion  and  50,000  jobs.  Logan,  with  22  million 
passengers  per  year,  employs  16,000  workers  on  site  at  an  average  annual  wage  of 
$30,000  per  employee. 

Major  Highways 

As  with  major  airport  development,  the  state's  role  in  planning,  funding,  and  construct- 
ing major  highway  facilities,  and  the  importance  of  such  facilities  for  regional  growth, 
is  generally  acknowledged.  Two  major  projects  served  as  the  focus  of  discussion  at  the 
1992  workshop:  upgrading  Route  2  to  four-lane-divided  standards  between  Phillipston 
and  Route  1-91  and  construction  of  a  major  north-south  artery  in  the  Berkshires  between 
North  Adams  and  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike.  Both  projects  have  been  under  consider- 
ation for  many  years.  In  both  instances,  local  environmental  and  economic  concerns 
have  prevailed  over  regional  and  state  interests,  with  the  result  that  neither  project  has 
moved  beyond  the  planning  stage. 

Impasses  of  the  sort  described  above  highlight  the  continuing  need  for  a  transporta- 
tion planning  process  that,  somehow,  can  overcome  perceived  differences  among 
competing  state,  regional,  and  local  interests.  But  even  with  all  parties  working  together, 
major  highway  and  other  transportation  projects  take  as  many  as  eight  or  more  years 
to  plan,  design,  and  construct.  If  transportation  investments  are  to  contribute  in  a  timely 
fashion  to  economic  development  goals,  ways  must  be  found  to  expedite  the  state's  pro- 
curement process,  and  accommodations  to  state  and  federal  environmental  regulations 
must  continue  to  be  developed.  It  will  also  be  necessary  for  the  state  to  move  expedi- 
tiously, in  concert  with  local  communities  and  regional  agencies,  to  meet  the  various 
planning  performance  requirements  imposed  by  the  Intermodal  Surface  Transportation 
Efficiency  Act  of  1991  as  a  condition  of  approval  of  federally  aided  transportation  pro- 
jects. 

Given  the  long  lead  time  involved  in  constructing  new  facilities  on  new  rights  of 
way,  a  prudent  transportation  investment  strategy  is  seen  as  one  which  includes  a  mix  of 
projects:  new  construction,  particularly  facilities  that  would  provide  good  access  be- 
tween city  and  town  centers  and  other  major  traffic  generators  and  interstate  highways; 
reconstruction  or  rehabilitation  of  older  facilities;  and  maintaining  existing  inventory  in 
serviceable  conditions.  Investments  should  focus  primarily  on  strengthening  existing 
centers,  building  upon  infrastructure  resources  already  in  place. 

There  was  strong  support  among  those  at  the  workshop  with  an  interest  in  a  vigorous 
highway  program  for  funding  such  a  program  through  gasoline  taxes  and  user  fees 
dedicated  to  the  exclusive  use  of  highway  investment,  and  for  moving  expeditiously 


48 


to  bring  the  outstanding  S400  million  highway  project  authorizations  to  contract.  All 
highway  programs  must  compete  directly  with  other  programs  under  spending  caps 
established  by  the  state  Office  of  Administration  and  Finance.  Separate  authority  for 
highways,  backed  by  adequate  gasoline  taxes  and  user  fees,  would  provide  relief  from 
such  restrictions,  allow  highway  investments  to  be  seen  as  clearly  distinct  from  govern- 
ment social  programs,  and  help  ensure  that  expenditures  on  highways  would  more 
closely  meet  established  needs.  Furthermore,  although  the  appropriateness  of  bonds  to 
finance  long-lived  capital  investments  was  acknowledged,  participants  were  concerned 
about  the  high  cost  of  debt  service,  the  per  capita  cost  of  which  is  now  higher  than  that 
of  any  other  state.  Currently.  25  percent  of  Massachusetts  highway  expenditures  are  for 
interest  charges. 


Coordination  of  Economic  Development 


Massachusetts  is  seen  not  only  as  lacking  a  comprehensive  plan  for  economic  develop- 
ment, but  also  as  being  ill  organized  and  ill  equipped  to  create  such  a  plan.  However, 
there  appears  to  be  little  interest  in  having  the  state  develop  the  specifics  of  an  economic 
development  plan  from  the  top  down.  Rather,  some  workshop  participants  called  for 
development  by  the  state,  in  consultation  with  regional  agencies,  chambers  of  com- 
merce, and  other  local  and  private-sector  interests,  of  a  general  policy  and  strategy.  Once 
established,  this  policy  would  guide  state  actions  for  an  ex-tended  period  of  time,  inde- 
pendent of  changes  in  administration.  A  geographic-specific  plan  could  emerge  from  the 
integration  of  regional  plans  developed  by  regional  agencies  working  with  their  own 
communities  and  private  interests  under  general  policy  guidance  at  the  state  level.  For 
regional  agencies  to  be  effective  in  this  role,  they  would  need  both  political  and  financial 
support  from  the  state. 

Once  developed,  this  articulated  set  of  policies  and  regional-level  plans  could  serve 
as  a  pragmatic,  factual  basis  on  which  the  state  could  market  developmental  potential. 
The  process  itself  would  provide  evidence  to  prospective  firms  that  we  "had  our  act 
together"  and  help  position  us  to  secure  a  maximum  of  federal  funds  to  support  econom- 
ic growth.  An  aggressive  marketing  program  supported  by  a  realistic  budget  and  ade- 
quate staffing  was  seen  by  participants  as  a  necessary  ingredient  in  the  process.  The 
1992  promotional  budget  of  S400.000  was  considered  to  be  much  too  small;  something 
more  in  the  order  of  S3  million  was  suggested. 

A  logical  counterpart  to  an  integrated  set  of  economic  development  initiatives  would 
be  a  related,  comprehensive  plan  for  transportation  facilities  and  services.  Such  a  plan 
would  ideally  be  guided  by  proposed  economic  initiatives  and  be  fully  multimodal,  con- 
sidering not  only  potential  trade-offs  among  logically  competitive  modes,  as  is  being 
done  for  air  transport  and  high-speed  ground  transport  in  the  strategic  assessment  study, 
but  also  the  complementarity  of  modes  and  their  physical  integration  ,  such  as  the  inte- 
gration of  automobile  parking  and  bus  and  rail  transit  at  the  Alewife  terminal.  The  full 
realization  of  this  comprehensive  approach  to  transportation  investment  planning  would 
be  advanced  by  close  collaboration  among  all  agencies  concerned  with  the  provision  of 
transportation  facilities  and  services  at  state,  regional,  and  local  levels. 


A  View  from  the  Other  Side 

The  preceding  discussion  focused  on  the  role  of  the  state  as  a  provider  of  infrastructure. 


49 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


mainly  transportation  facilities.  But,  as  been  emphasized,  the  fundamental,  sustained 
contribution  that  infrastructure  investments  make  to  economic  development  is  through 
their  capacity  to  facilitate  the  productive  use  of  land.  Consideration  of  development 
from  the  entrepreneur's  point  of  view  supports  this  assertion. 

Workshop  participants  identified  two  of  the  most  important  factors  in  a  firm's  choice 
of  location  to  be  (1)  the  availability  of  a  public  sewage  system  and  (2)  good  transpor- 
tation. Public  sewerage  has  become  especially  important  since  the  passage  of  Chapter 
2 IE,  which  imposes  considerable  potential  liability  on  firms  that  do  not  have  access  to 
wastewater  disposal  and  treatment  facilities.  The  meaning  of  "good"  transportation 
depends  on  the  specialized  accessibility  needs  of  a  given  firm.  Commercial  develop- 
ment, for  example,  requires  ready  access  to  customers,  often  via  public  transportation  as 
well  as  highways.  Agglomeration  of  commercial  enterprises  is  often  sought  as  a  means 
of  creating  a  concentration  of  demand  sufficient  to  support  good  public  transportation 
service.  Most  new  manufacturing  is  focused  on  research  and  development,  for  which 
ready  access  to  major  educational  and  academic  research  centers  is  considered  to  be 
essential.  High-speed,  high-capacity  telecommunication  data  links  are  vital  components 
of  such  access.  This  position  is  supported  by  responses  to  a  1991  survey  of  340  major 
corporations,  which  cite  a  state's  support  of  infrastructure  —  including  water  and 
sewage  treatment  facilities,  adequate  transportation  for  people  and  goods,  and  modern 
communication  technology  —  as  among  the  most  important  considerations  in  a  firm's 
location  decision. 


Nonstructural  Infrastructure 


In  addition  to  its  role  as  a  provider  of  physical  infrastructure,  Massachusetts  can  play  an 
important  coordinative  role  in  facilitating  what  are  essentially  private-sector  transac- 
tions. The  commonwealth's  part  in  the  consortium  of  interests  that  led  to  the  successful 
conclusion  of  the  Genzyme  relocation  was  often  cited  by  conference  participants  as  an 
example  of  this  facilitative  capacity.8  The  various  activities  of  the  Massachusetts 
Government  Land  Bank  were  also  recognized  as  supporting  private  initiative.  Another 
function  in  which  state  and  private-sector  collaboration  was  encouraged  was  in  provid- 
ing information  to  firms  seeking  sites  on  which  to  locate.  Not  much  favor  was  found 
with  arrangements  that  place  the  major  burden  for  maintaining  the  requisite  up-to-the- 
minute  site  information  file  on  a  state  office.  Rather,  it  was  suggested  that  the  state 
serve  as  the  initial  point  of  contact,  referring  applicants  to  the  appropriate  local  chamber 
of  commerce,  regional  agency,  or  public  utility  consortium  for  the  specific  information 
being  sought.  State  support  for  the  development  of  geographic  information  systems  was 
also  called  for.  Such  a  system  could  combine  information  about  available  industrial  sites 
with  data  on  the  transportation  and  other  infrastructure  available,  local  labor  force  and 
industry  structure,  environmental  constraints,  and  other  considerations. 


Recommendations 

The  following  conclusions  and  recommendations  are  drawn  from  the  July  21  meeting. 
As  such,  they  are  intended  to  represent  the  wide  variety  of  views  that  were  expressed; 
they  should  not  be  seen  as  necessarily  representing  the  position  of  a  given  individual  or 
institution. 


50 


1.  The  effective  use  of  scarce  public  resources  requires  comprehensive  planning,  de- 
tailed analysis  based  on  sound,  current  data,  and  a  coordinated  investment  strategy. 
Massachusetts  lacks  the  ability  to  address  its  infrastructure  needs  in  such  a  broad  and 
coordinated  way.  It  is  therefore  essential,  as  a  matter  of  highest  priority,  that  the  state 
develop  the  capacity,  in  concert  with  its  regional  agencies,  to  plan  infrastructure  invest- 
ments comprehensively  across  all  modes  within  the  context  of  a  larger  vision  embracing 
a  plan  for  economic  development  and  land  use.  The  establishment  of  such  a  capacity  and 
its  use  in  articulating  a  comprehensive  approach  to  public  investment  undergirds  each  of 
the  more  specific  recommendations  that  follow.  This  approach  to  transportation  invest- 
ment planning  is  not  only  fully  compatible  with  the  requirements  of  the  Inter-modal 
Surface  Transportation  Efficiency  Act  of  1991,  but  much  of  it  is  required  by  this  legisla- 
tion. 

2.  Greater  managerial  and  financial  integration  of  state  transportation  agencies  is  consis- 
tent with,  but  not  a  necessary  concomitant  of,  the  comprehensive  approach  to  transporta- 
tion investment  planning  and  economic  development  recommended  above.  The  benefits 
to  be  sought  through  more  centralized  management  of  transportation  revenues  and 
expenditures  must  be  weighed  against  the  expectations  of  economic  efficiency  and  per- 
ceived equity  associated  with  the  dedicated  application  of  gasoline  taxes  and  user  fees  to 
the  source  of  those  revenues.  Limitations  imposed  by  federal  legislation  on  the  use  of 
both  federal  and  state  highway  and  airport  user  taxes  must  also  be  considered.  It  is  un- 
likely that  these  opposing  views  will  be  easily  reconciled.  Nevertheless,  a  thorough 
study  of  the  ways  in  which  transportation  revenues  are  generated,  invested,  and  distrib- 
uted among  modes  and  regions  in  the  commonwealth  should  be  undertaken  as  part  of 
the  comprehensive  planning  initiative  called  for  in  recommendation  1 . 

3.  The  network  of  transportation  facilities  needed  to  support  an  active,  growing  economy 
throughout  Massachusetts  is  incomplete  and  inadequate.  Ongoing  studies  directed 
toward  rectifying  these  deficiencies,  principally  identification  of  major  state  highways  as 
links  in  the  federally  mandated  national  highway  system;  the  multimodal  New  England 
Transportation  Initiative;  the  strategic  assessment/second  regional  airport  study;  and  an 
assessment  of  telecommunications  links,  should  be  coordinated  and  vigorously  pursued 
in  the  interest  of  developing  a  well-articulated  system  of  mutually  supportivemodal  facil- 
ities tied  to  the  larger  New  England  regional  complex  of  which  they  are  a  part. 

4.  The  port  of  Boston  will  not  fulfill  its  potential  as  a  center  of  national  and  international 
trade  until  it  is  more  fully  competitive  with  the  other  ports  along  the  eastern  seaboard. 
The  comprehensive  study  called  for  in  recommendation  1  should  include  a  realistic 
assessment  of  the  latent  demand  for  the  use  of  Boston  as  a  port  of  entry  and  exit  and  a 
detailed  analysis  of  the  appropriate  mix  of  public  and  private  investments  that  would  be 
needed  to  reduce  costs  and  improve  access  through  the  port  and  beyond  to  the  point 
where  this  demand  can  be  realized. 

5.  Although  the  eventual  completion  of  the  Central  Artery  and  Third  Harbor  Tunnel 
projects  will  materially  facilitate  highway  movements  within  and  through  Boston,  major 
deficiencies  will  persist  in  other  parts  of  the  state.  Debates  over  upgrading  Routes  7  and 
8  between  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  and  North  Adams  and  Route  2  between 


51 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Phillipston  and  Route  1-91  must  consider  the  impact  of  these  improvements  on  the  eco- 
nomic well-being  of  the  western  and  north  central  regions  of  the  commonwealth. 
Selected  improvements  between  town  centers  and  major  industrial  and  commercial  traf- 
fic generators  and  the  interstate  highway  system  are  also  important  in  many  areas. 

6.  Construction  of  major  improvements  in  the  state  highway  system  has,  in  critical  in- 
stances such  as  Routes  2  and  7,  been  thwarted  by  local  concerns  regarding  the  impacts 
that  such  construction  would  have  on  community  and  environmental  values.  Although  it 
is  essential  that  Massachusetts  continue  to  take  the  lead  in  coordinating  the  planning 
and  construction  of  state  highway  facilities,  regional  agencies  should  be  encouraged  and 
adequately  funded  to  work  actively  with  affected  communities  in  seeking  compromise 
locations  and  designs  that  satisfy  regional  and  interregional  transportation  needs  safely 
and  expeditiously  while  reflecting  due  regard  for  local  concerns.  Full  advantage  should 
be  taken  of  recently  adopted  federal  procedures  that  give  the  state  wider  latitude  in 
applying  geometric  design  standards  that  are  compatible  with  local  settings. 

7.  Transportation  investment  should  not  be  thought  of  solely  in  terms  of  the  construction 
of  new  facilities  on  new  rights-of-way.  A  balanced  approach  should  be  adopted  that 
includes  maintenance  of  existing  facilities,  conversion  of  existing  assets  —  especially 
rail  rights-of-way  —  to  a  mix  of  freight  and  passenger  service,  and  disinvestment 
through  the  conversion  of  superfluous  facilities  to  alternative  public  or  private  use. 
Focusing  on  obtaining  the  fullest  use  of  existing  infrastructure  will  maximize  the  eco- 
nomic impact  of  limited  public  expenditures. 

8.  The  de  novo  construction  of  a  second  regional  airport  in  central  Massachusetts  would 
involve  unprecedented  impacts  on  the  community  or  communities  in  which  this  facility 
would  be  located  and  on  neighboring  towns.  A  thorough  study  of  alternative  ways  of 
accommodating  anticipated  air  transport  demand  —  such  as  the  strategic  assessment 
currently  being  conducted  by  the  Massachusetts  Aeronautics  Commission  —  should  be 
completed  prior  to  embarking  on  so  massive  and  problematic  an  enterprise.  This  study 
should  include  a  detailed,  realistic  analysis  of  the  relative  costs  and  benefits  of  various 
combinations  of  actions,  including  economic  incentives  to  both  freight  carriers  and  gen- 
eral aviation  to  relocate  operations  away  from  Logan,  and  high-speed  ground  transport, 
including  Maglev  technologies,  for  the  movement  of  passengers  and  high-value  freight 
over  short  and  intermediate  distances. 

9.  Recommendations  1  through  8  deal  explicitly  with  public  infrastructure  investment 
strategies  that  should  be  considered  by  the  state  in  the  interest  of  promoting  its  eco- 
nomic growth.  Such  a  comprehensive  infrastructure  investment  plan  would,  in  itself,  be 
seen  by  firms  as  practical  evidence  of  the  state's  understanding  of  businesses'  need  for 
a  sound  public  infrastructural  base  upon  which  to  build  private  investment.  The  im- 
provements that  would  result  from  the  implementation  of  the  plan  would  provide  further 
direct  support  to  specific  firms  seeking  to  locate  in  a  given  area.  In  addition  to  facilitat- 
ing the  movement  of  people  and  goods  through  improvements  to  the  state's  transporta- 
tion infrastructure,  public  investment  in  and  support  of  other  forms  of  infrastructure 
would  significantly  enhance  the  state's  ability  to  attract  and  retain  commercial  and 
industrial  activity.  Examples  include: 


52 


Developing,  in  collaboration  with  the  regional  planning  agencies,  a  geographic 
information  system  to  provide  both  private  interests  and  public  agencies  with 
a  comprehensive,  geographic-specific  data  base,  including  land  use,  economic 
and  demographic  data,  public  improvements,  and  natural  features. 

Establishing  a  highly  visible  point  of  contact  through  which  firms  seeking  site 
information  could  be  referred  to  the  appropriate  local  or  regional  agency  or 
public  utility  for  current  information  regarding  available  sites  and  associated 
community  characteristics. 

Aiding  communities  or  groups  of  adjacent  communities  to  develop  wastewater 
transport  and  treatment  facilities  consistent  with  state  and  federal  laws  gov- 
erning the  disposal  of  commercial  and  industrial  liquid  waste. 

In  concert  with  universities  and  private  industry,  develop  a  supercomputing  facility 
and  a  supporting  statewide  network  of  high-speed,  high-capacity  data  links 
providing  access  to  universities,  research  facilities,  data-intensive  industries,  and 
public  agencies. 

The  state  should  proceed  expeditiously  to  move  the  entirety  of  the  $400  million  in 
highway  project  funding  from  the  authorization  state  to  the  contract  stage.  Full  and 
prompt  implementation  of  this  highway  program  would  serve  not  only  to  move 
badly  needed  funds  into  the  economy,  but  would  also  provide  an  important  signal 
to  the  business  community  that  the  Massachusetts  economy  is  moving  again. 


Coda  and  Update 

The  previous  discussion  is  an  attempt  to  capture  the  essence  of  the  interests  and  con- 
cerns of  the  participants  at  the  July  1992  workshop,  who  represented  local,  regional,  and 
state  agencies,  developers,  public  utilities,  chambers  of  commerce,  and  a  variety  of  other 
public  and  private  interests.  It  is  revealing  of  the  economic  and  political  processes  that 
influence  the  course  of  infrastructure  development  to  consider  the  changes  that  have 
taken  place  with  respect  to  those  issues  of  primary  concern  to  the  workshop  participants 
in  the  two  years  since  the  workshop  was  held.  The  following  is  a  brief  review  of  the  cur- 
rent status  of  the  second  regional  airport  and  the  related  New  England  transportation  ini- 
tiative, improvements  to  Routes  2  and  7,  and  highway  funding  and  the  Central 
Artery /Harbor  Tunnel  Project. 


The  Second  Regional  Airport  and  the 
New  England  Transportation  Initiative 


The  results  of  the  strategic  assessment  that  was  designed  to  reassess  the  region's  long- 
term  air  transportation  and  related  high-speed  ground  transportation  needs  were  released 
in  July  and  November  1993.g  The  conclusions  of  this  study  differed  in  at  least  one  major 
respect  from  those  of  the  "Second  Major  Airport  Siting  Study."  Although  both  studies 
accepted  the  premise  that  additional  transportation  facilities  will  be  needed  in  Massa- 


53 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


chusetts  to  meet  future  demands  for  high-speed  intercity  transportation,  the  Strategic 
Assessment  Report  concluded  that  a  second  major  airport  would  not  be  necessary. 
Rather,  a  combination  of  capacity  enhancements  at  Logan,  such  as  those  called  for  in 
the  Boston  Logan  capacity  enhancement  plan,10  and  other  regional  improvements, 
among  which  might  be  high-speed  rail  or  magnetically  levitated  ground  transportation 
facilities,  a  large  regional  reliever  airport,  or  vertiports  for  use  by  vertical  takeoff  and 
landing  aircraft,  would  be  adequate  to  meet  future  intercity  high-speed  travel  demands, 
which  the  strategic  reassessment  determined  would  be  significantly  less  than  those 
posited  by  the  original  second  major  airport  siting  study. 

The  findings  of  the  Strategic  Assessment  Report  are  consistent,  in  most  essentials, 
with  the  thrust  of  the  New  England  Transportation  Initiative,  a  study  of  existing  and 
potential  demand  for  high-speed  intercity  transportation  services  in  the  region  and  of 
various  technological  alternatives  that  might  be  employed  in  meeting  these  demands. 
The  initiative,  an  ongoing  study  that  currently  enjoys  a  half-million-dollar  budget  con- 
tributed by  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and  the  other  contributing  New 
England  states,  is  predicated  on  an  initial  assumption  of  high  potential  demand  for  high- 
speed intercity  transportation  services.  This  assumption  would  seem  to  be  at  variance 
with  the  strategic  assessment's  finding  that  "demand  for  high-speed  travel  will  be  signif- 
icantly less  than  previously  forecast." 


Improvements  to  Routes  2  and  7 


Essentially  no  progress  can  be  reported  with  regard  to  Route  2.  An  attempt  by  state  sen- 
ator Stanley  Rosenberg  to  include  funds  in  the  1994  transportation  bond  legislation  for 
the  widening  of  the  least  controversial  section  of  the  Phillipston-Greenfield  route  — 
the  portion  between  Phillipston  and  Orange  —  was  not  successful.  Although  improve- 
ments to  Route  2  are  included  in  the  Franklin  County  Transportation  Improvement  Plan, 
it  is  unlikely  that,  without  state  funding,  much,  if  anything,  will  be  done  in  the  near 
future. 

The  Route  7  situation  is  considerably  more  complex.  During  a  reception  in  Pittsfield 
in  the  spring  of  1993  at  which  the  state's  strategy  for  job  creation  and  economic  growth 
was  presented,11  Governor  Weld  expressed  support  for  improvements  to  Route  7, 
including  the  construction  of  an  interchange  of  it  with  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  in 
Stockbridge.  However,  Secretary  James  Kerasiotes  of  the  Executive  Office  of  Transpor- 
tation and  Construction,  who  was  not  present  at  the  reception,  was  unconvinced  that 
sufficient  support  existed  among  the  communities  that  would  be  directly  affected  by 
proposed  improvements  to  the  route  to  warrant  moving  ahead  with  this  project.  As  an 
alternative,  a  task  force  was  established  of  some  sixty  mayors,  selectpersons,  and  other 
officials  in  the  Berkshire  County  cities  and  towns  that  would  likely  be  affected  by  im- 
provements to  Route  7  —  and  to  route  8  in  the  event  that  the  entire  north-south  corridor 
from  Stockbridge  to  North  Adams  were  to  be  improved  —  to  seek  a  clearer  consensus. 

The  task  force  continues  to  meet  in  its  search  for  consensus.  In  the  meantime,  the 
question  of  improvements  in  the  Routes  7  and  8  corridor,  known  as  the  Western  Bypass 
(west  of  Pittsfield),  was  placed  on  the  November  1993  ballots  in  Pittsfield  and  North 
Adams.  The  results  of  the  referenda  were  quite  definitive:  the  vote  in  favor  of  the 
Western  Bypass  was  3-1  in  Pittsfield  and  9-1  in  North  Adams.  This  position  was  reaf- 
firmed by  voters  throughout  Berkshire  County  in  the  November  8,  1944,  election, 
when  a  ballot  measure  instructing  state  representatives  to  vote  in  favor  of  the  Western 


54 


Bypass,  including  a  connection  to  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike,  passed  by  a  more  than 
two-thirds  majority.12  Voters  in  thirty  of  the  thirty-two  communities  in  which  the  mea- 
sure appeared  on  the  ballot  voted  in  favor,  the  majority  in  North  Adams  being  almost  90 
percent.  Only  Stockbridge  and  Mount  Washington  voted  against  this  measure. 


Highway  Funding  and  Central  Artery/Tunnel  Project 


Although  Massachusetts  was  successful  in  bringing  the  balance  of  the  fiscal  year  1993 
highway  project  authorization  to  contract,  as  called  for  by  many  workshop  participants, 
the  problem  that  concerned  these  participants  persists.  Almost  all  the  money  spent  on 
transportation  by  Massachusetts  public  agencies  —  state,  local,  and  regional  —  depends 
on  funds  authorized  by  biennial  transportation  bond  bills;  even  federal  moneys  are  made 
available  as  reimbursements  for  prior  state  expenditures  financed  by  bonds.  The  most 
recent  transportation  bond  bill,  first  introduced  in  the  legislature  in  October  1993,  failed 
of  passage.  Refiled  in  January  1994,  the  funding  bill  was  partially  passed  in  late  August. 
Meanwhile,  the  cities  and  towns  have  been  on  short  rations,  and  highway  contractors 
must  cope  with  a  much  truncated  construction  season. 

Given  the  recurring  highway  funding  problems  faced  by  local  communities  as  a  con- 
sequence of  the  way  the  commonwealth  currently  finances  transportation,  it  is  not  diffi- 
cult to  understand  the  workshop  participants'  interest  in  separating  highway  funding 
totally  and  unambiguously  from  other  elements  of  the  state's  budget  and  supporting  this 
fund  through  gasoline  taxes  and  user  fees  dedicated  to  this  purpose.  The  concerns  of 
local  communities,  especially  those  outside  the  Boston  ambit,  however,  go  deeper  than 
the  problems  imposed  by  the  uncertainties  in  the  timing  of  funding  that  attend  the  cur- 
rent financing  process. 

Competition  for  resources  between  geographic  regions  of  a  state  is  more  the  rule  than 
the  exception:  New  York  City  vies  with  upstate  New  York,  northern  California  contends 
with  southern  California,  and  Boston  competes  with  much  of  the  rest  of  the  state.  In 
states  such  as  Massachusetts,  where  the  government  center  is  located  in  the  predominant 
metropolitan  area,  this  competition  for  resources  tends  to  favor  the  metropolis.  This 
often  causes  the  cities  and  towns  outside  Route  128  to  feel  that  they  receive  less  than 
their  fair  share.  A  persistent  focus  of  this  concern  is  the  Central  Artery /Harbor  Tunnel 
Project. 

Although  there  is  general  agreement  throughout  the  commonwealth  that  the  project  is 
essential  for  the  economic  well-being  of  Boston  and  its  immediate  neighbors  and  that  it 
will  provide  benefits  to  highway  and  airport  users  from  the  rest  of  the  state,  long-stand- 
ing concerns  of  local  officials  over  its  enormous  cost  intensify  as  estimates  of  the  cost- 
to-complete  continue  to  rise.1?  These  fears  would  seem  to  be  justified  in  light  of  the 
state's  proposals  to  devote  large  proportions  of  noninterstate  federal-aid  surface  trans- 
portation program  funds  to  the  "big  dig." 

Reflection  on  the  foregoing  events  suggests  that  the  way  in  which  the  state  ap- 
proaches the  development  of  transportation  infrastructure  depends  strongly  on  the  nature 
of  the  facilities  being  considered  and  the  institutional  setting  in  which  their  planning, 
financing,  and  construction  take  place.  This  seems  to  be  particularly  true  in  the  context 
of  the  comprehensiveness  of  a  statewide  vision  of  transportation  as  a  tool  of  economic 
development.  Overcrowding  at  Logan  Airport,  for  example,  is  treated  as  posing  a  threat 
to  the  state's  economic  well-being.  As  such,  the  problem  has  been  approached  at  the 
state  level  in  a  comprehensive  way  that  includes  consideration  of  a  mix  of  ground  and 


55 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


air  technologies  in  cooperation  with  interrelated  regional  interests.  In  contrast,  improve- 
ments to  Routes  7  and  8  that  would  go  a  long  way  toward  relieving  the  economic 
isolation  of  the  western  part  of  the  state,  and  are  of  especial  importance  to  Pittsfield  and 
North  Adams,  seem  to  be  viewed  as  an  essentially  local  problems  to  be  dealt  with 
as  just  another  element  of  a  continuing  program  of  highway  betterments  in  which  a 
state-wide  view  is  found  mainly  in  what  appears  to  be  a  rather  unequal  competition  for 
a  state-administered  pool  of  funds.  A  comparison  of  the  state's  singular  dedication 
to  Bo-ston's  Central  Artery /Harbor  Tunnel  Project  with  its  apparent  reluctance  to  invest 
in  the  Western  Bypass  corridor  seems  to  confirm  the  view  that  decisions  to  invest  in 
public  in-frastructure  are  essentially,  and  quite  properly,  political  decisions.  Therefore, 
it  appears  to  confirm  the  words  of  that  consummate  politician  Tip  O'Neill:  "All  politics 
is  local."  **> 


Notes 

1.  Alicia  Haydock  Munnell  and  Lea  M.  Cook,  "Financing  Capital  Expenditures  in 
Massachusetts,"  in  Massachusetts  in  the  1990's:  The  Role  of  State  Government,  Research 
Report  No.  72,  November  1990,  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Boston,  295-364. 

2.  The  New  England  Transportation  Initiative  is  an  ongoing  study  of  existing  and  potential 
demands  for  high-speed  intercity  transportation  in  New  England  and  of  various  high- 
speed ground  and  short-haul  air  transportation  technologies  intended  to  serve  such 
demands.  The  initiative  is  a  joint  effort  of  the  several  New  England  states. 

3.  U.S.  Government,  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  of  1990,  PL  101-549. 

4.  U.S.  Government,  Intermodal  Surface  Transportation  Efficiency  Act  of  1991,  PL  102-240. 

5.  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  Massachusetts  Aeronautics  Commission,  "Second 
Major  Airport  Siting  Study,  Part  A  Report,"  December  1990.  The  intended  follow-on 
study,  in  which  environmental  analyses  of  candidate  sites  were  to  have  been  undertaken, 
was  never  initiated. 

6.  The  strategic  assessment  was  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  Massachusetts  Aeronautics 
Commission  by  Arthur  D.  Little,  Inc.,  of  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  The  study's  findings 
were  released  by  the  commission  in  Strategic  Assessment  Report,  Volume  1:  Executive 
Summary  and  Volume  2:  Final  Report,  on  July  21,  1993,  and  in  Volume  3:  Committee 
Comments,  on  November  17,  1993. 

7.  Dow  Jones  and  Company,  Business  on  the  Move,  1978,  as  reported  in  "Second  Major 
Airport  Siting  Study,  Part  A  Report,"  45. 

8.  The  facilitative  assistance  and  financial  accommodations  provided  by  the  state  and 
Boston's  Allston  section,  among  others,  are  credited  with  helping  to  convince  Genzyme's 
management  to  commit  to  the  Allston  location. 

9.  U.S.  Government,  Federal  Aviation  Administration,  "Boston  Logan  Capacity 
Enhancement  Plan,"  October  1992. 

10.  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  Massachusetts  Aeronautics  Commission,  Strategic 
Assessment  Report,  Vol.  2.  :  Final  Report,  July  1993. 


56 


11.  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  Choosing  to  Compete:  A  Statewide  Strategy  for  Job 
Creation  and  Economic  Growth,  May  1993,  produced  through  the  collaboration  of  the 
Executive  Office  of  Economic  Affairs  and  the  University  of  Massachusetts. 

12.  The  ballot  measure  read:  "Shall  the  State  Representative  from  this  District  be  instructed 
to  vote  in  favor  of  legislation  requiring  construction  of  a  Western  Bypass  alternative 
Road  in  Pittsfield  with  a  connection  to  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  as  described  in  the 
1993  County  Transportation  Plan?" 

13.  Escalations  in  the  anticipated  cost  to  complete  the  Central  Artery/Harbor  Tunnel  Project 
arise  primarily  as  a  result  of  three  factors:  design  changes  required  by  accommodations 
to  environmental/community  concerns,  modifications  introduced  as  a  result  of  more 
detailed  engineering  data  than  were  available  at  the  outset  of  the  project,  and  inflation,  a 
time-dependent  phenomenon  not  unrelated  to  the  first  two  causes. 


57 


58 


The  Economy  In  Search  of 

and  the  a  New  Paradigm 

Regulatory 
Environment 


Zenia  Kotval,  Ph.D.,  AICP 
John  Mullin,  Ph.D.,  AICP 


This  article  focuses  on  the  economy  and  the  regulatory  environment.    The  economic 
downturn  over  the  past  six  years  has  taken  its  toll  on  Massachusetts.  At  the  same  time, 
there  is  immense  pressure  on  the  part  of  the  electorate  to  ensure  that  our  quality  of  life 
is  protected  and  enhanced.  It  is  clear  that  the  business  community,  citizens,  and  our 
elected  officials  are  searching  for  a  new  paradigm.  The  concept  of  a  policy  of  sustain- 
able development  is  emerging  —  political  and  corporate  actions  that  produce  well-pay- 
ing jobs,  that  create  a  competitive  business  climate  and  improve  life  within  the  context 
of  our  existing  communities.  The  authors  believe  that  this  new  paradigm,  a  mixture  of 
vision  and  pragmatism,  is  achievable  through  collective  will. 


The  framework  for  this  article  emerged  from  a  conference  on  the  Massachusetts  econ- 
omy and  the  regulatory  environment  held  at  the  University  of  Massachusetts 
Amherst  on  July  30,  1992.  Attendees  included  environmentalists,  business  officials,  aca- 
demics, conservationists,  chamber  of  commerce  officials,  and  public  officials.  Its  intent 
was  to  provide  ideas,  concepts,  and  approaches  that  the  state  could  develop  into  eco- 
nomic initiatives.1  Some  of  the  thoughts  generated  by  the  participants  were  ultimately 
incorporated  into  a  statewide  strategy  for  job  creationand  economic  growth  and  pub- 
lished in  a  report  entitled  Choosing  to  Compete?  Many  ideas  were  underplayed  or  were 
not  included.  We  believe  that  the  ideas,  concepts,  and  approaches,  as  a  package,  still 
have  merit.  We  offer  them  in  this  article  to  further  stimulate  the  debate  on  future  eco- 
nomic policy  directions. 

We  chose  the  subtitle  "In  Search  of  a  New  Paradigm"3  because  we  believe  that 
Massachusetts  must  seek  out  fundamentally  new  directions  if  its  economy  is  to  prosper, 
its  environment  is  to  be  protected,  and  its  quality  of  life  is  to  be  maintained  and  en- 
hanced. It  is  not  a  time  for  timidity,  incremental  change,  or  pressure  politics.  It  is  time 
for  comprehensive,  bold  actions  that  create  a  new  way  of  thinking  about  how  and  where 
we  work,  live,  and  play. 

We  focus  on  the  economy  and  the  regulatory  environment.  Nowhere  is  the  battle 
ground  so  well  staked  out  as  with  this  issue.  As  much  as  one  hates  to  use  dichotomies, 


Zenia  Kotx'al  assistant  professor  of  urban  and  regional  planning.  Michigan  State  University:  specializes  in 
industrial  development  and  economic  impact  assessments.  John  Mullin.  professor  of  regional  planning, 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  specializes  in  urban  revitalization,  historic  pre senation.  and  industrial 
policy. 


59 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


the  fact  remains  that  there  are  still  powerful  groups  that  consider  our  regulations  too 
restrictive  and  equally  powerful  groups  that  think  they  are  too  liberal.4  While  we 
see  some  erosion  of  these  positions  and  a  desire  for  mutual  cooperation,  the  divisions 
are  still  strong.  It  is  our  hope  that  this  dichotomy  will  cease  to  exist  and  that  a  spirit 
of  mutual  need  will  emerge.  We  are  convinced  that  the  policies  explained  below 
can  help. 

The  article  is  divided  into  three  parts:  the  first  is  an  expression  of  concerns  and 
responses  to  the  economy  and  environmental  reform  inquiry,  the  second  a  commentary 
on  ten  policy  initiatives  that  could  improve  the  regulatory  environment,  the  third  our 
thoughts  on  the  long-term  implication  of  these  policies. 


Responses  to  the  Economy  and  Environmental  Reform  Inquiry 

Given  the  state  of  the  economy  and  the  need  to  attract  jobs  and  enhance  the  tax  base 
while  maintaining  a  sense  of  quality  and  community  character,  regulatory  concerns  are 
important  to  all  players  involved  in  either  generating  new  or  retaining  existing  busi- 
nesses. The  following  four  key  themes  emerge  constantly. 

•  There  is  a  need  to  improve  the  speeding  of  the  permitting  process.  Some  in  the 
business  community  perceive  that  there  are  burdensome  and  unnecessary  delays 
in  implementing  the  review  procedure.  It  should  be  noted  that  this  is  not  a  plea 
to  weaken  existing  procedures,  but  simply  to  decrease  the  time  required  to  com- 
plete them. 

•  There  is  a  need  for  consistency.  An  expressed  opinion  maintains  that  the  applica- 
tion of  rules  and  regulations  varies  extensively  among  state  agencies,  regions, 
and  localities. 

•  There  is  a  need  to  develop  a  new  mind-set  that  promotes  sustainable  development. 
This  mind-set  must  start  at  the  top  of  state  government,  be  proactive,  and  involve 
several  cabinet-level  departments.  It  will  take  the  power  of  the  state  to  subvert  the 

existing  dominant  paradigm. 

•  There  is  a  need  to  clean  up  our  urban  areas  first.  We  can  no  longer  waste  the  indus- 
trial resources  in  our  cities  while  converting  valued  open  and  agricultural  lands 
for  other  uses.  Indeed,  our  urban  areas  offer  "win-win"  opportunities:  we  can  pre- 
serve our  heritage,  provide  needed  jobs,  maximize  infrastructure  investments, 

and  maintain  open  space. 

Participants  were  encouraged  to  discuss  and  voice  their  opinions  on  the  role  of  gov- 
ernment within  the  realm  of  regulatory  reform.  When  asked  how  the  state's  regulations 
and  regulating  process  could  best  support  economic  development,  they  most  commonly 
cited  the  following: 

•  The  need  for  partnership  in  an  integrated,  coordinated  process  with  all  players  at 

the  table. 

•  The  need  for  compatibility.  Regulations  must  be  meaningful  and  in  context  with 

60 


development.  They  must  be  neither  overly  harsh  nor  lenient.  They  must  be  risk- 
based. 

•  The  need  for  consistency.  Regulations  must  be  clear,  understandable,  and  meaning- 
fully measurable. 

•  The  need  for  predictability.  The  standards,  process,  methods  of  evaluation,  and 
time  required  in  the  process  must  be  clearly  stipulated  and  understood. 

•  The  need  to  privatize  and  use  the  regional  planning  agencies  to  speed  up  the  regu- 
latory review  process. 

•  The  need  to  review  regulations  periodically  to  ensure  that  they  are  still  meaningful 
and  necessary. 

•  There  is  a  need  to  change  the  image  of  Massachusetts  as  an  antibusiness  state. 

•  Technical  assistance,  outreach,  and  education  for  the  business  community,  local 
boards,  and  commissions,  and  the  regulators  themselves,  is  essential. 

•  There  is  a  need  to  define  a  vision  for  the  types  of  businesses  that  are  welcome  in 
Massachusetts. 

On  the  role  of  state  government  in  ensuring  economic  growth  in  the  context  of  the 
Clean  Air  Act,  the  responses  may  be  summarized  as  follows: 

•  The  need  for  coordinated  and  integrated  actions  at  the  cabinet  level. 

•  There  is  a  need  to  reduce  traffic  by  creating  restrictions  for  automobiles  and  incen- 
tives for  mass  transit. 

•  It  is  far  better  to  develop  inner  cities  than  to  build  on  open  land. 

•  The  state  must  play  an  oversight  role,  decentralizing  implementation,  providing 
needed  information,  and  ensuring  business  participation  in  the  creation  of 
regulations. 

•  The  question  of  open-ended  liability  concerning  hazardous  waste  must  be 
addressed. 

Three  key  points  emerged  in  a  discussion  of  ways  the  state  government  can  help  to 
encourage  the  growth  of  environmental  industries. 

•  Massachusetts  has  a  decided  competitive  advantage  in  the  environmental  indus- 
tries, which  should  be  positively  exploited. 

•  We  have  to  build  on  our  strengths  and  provide  state  resources  to  further  nurture 
these  companies. 


61 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


•  We  must  continue  to  look  at  new  techniques,  test  them,  and  provide  information 
on  the  results  to  our  communities. 


Policy  Initiatives 

The  ten  policy  initiatives  that  follow  represent  a  balanced  synthesis  of  the  perspectives 
outlined  in  the  first  section.  We  believe  they  are  important  in  terms  of  improving  the 
regulatory  environment. 

1.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  ensure  that  environ- 
mental and  economic  interests  are  integrated  and  coordinated  at  the  highest  level  of 
government,  with  maximum  regard  for  the  long-term  interests  of  the  state. 

This  recommendation  stems  from  the  observation  that  stovepipe  decision  making 
often  results  in  conflicts,  delays,  and  lost  opportunities.  If,  for  example,  the  secretaries 
of  Economic  Affairs,  Agriculture,  the  Executive  Office  of  Communities  and  Develop- 
ment, Environmental  Affairs,  and  Transportation  and  Construction  prepared  joint  posi- 
tion papers  on  investments  in  infrastructure,  there  is  little  doubt  that  inner-city  areas 
would  benefit,  that  areas  subject  to  hazardous  waste  (21-E)  problems5  would  be  im- 
proved and  environmentally  sensitive  areas  and  farmland  more  easily  protected.  While 
we  are  not  espousing  state  control  of  land  use  or  development  decisions,  we  are  declar- 
ing that  the  state  must  coordinate  its  "carrots  and  sticks"  to  ensure  the  guarding  of  our 
quality  of  life. 

A  Hatfield,  Massachusetts,  case  study  illustrates  our  point.  When  C&S  Wholesale 
Grocers  requested  permission  to  build  a  335,000-square-foot  (approximately  8  acres!) 
warehouse  in  the  town,  it  was  granted.  This  rural  community  is  highly  dependent  upon 
the  fertile  Connecticut  River  Valley  for  its  economic  base.  By  all  accounts,  the  Depar- 
tment of  Food  and  Agriculture  (DFA)  and  the  Pioneer  Valley  Regional  Planning 
Commission  have  been  attempting  to  maintain  a  healthy  agricultural  base  in  the  valley.6 

Yet  this  warehouse  is  being  placed  right  in  the  center  of  the  state's  most  productive 
agricultural  area.  Further,  and  perhaps  most  important,  it  is  being  done  through  a  grant 
provided  by  the  Executive  Office  of  Communities  and  Development  (EOCD).  Who  are 
the  winners  in  this  case?  Clearly  Hatfield  will  gain  tax  revenues,  its  citizens  will  have 
new  job  opportunities,  and  its  farmers  will  have  a  new  market.  On  the  other  hand,  while 
there  are  suitable  vacant  sites  in  surrounding  urban  areas  and  greater  need  for  jobs  in  the 
cities,  a  major  concern  is  that  the  warehouse  is  likely  to  attract  other  similar  businesses 
that  will  further  change  the  character  of  the  land  to  nonagricultural  uses.  In  the  short 
term,  this  decision  has  clearly  benefited  the  local  community;  in  the  long  term,  it  will 
do  little  to  ensure  the  enhancement  of  the  quality  of  our  built  environment. 

Clearly,  the  decision  on  issuing  the  permit  to  C&S  Wholesale  Grocers  should  have 
been  considered  jointly  by  DFA  and  EOCD  only  after  a  careful  determination  of  its 
long-term  impacts.  Unfortunately,  this  did  not  occur.  We  are  not  naive  about  the  prob- 
lems of  policy  integration.  Different  agencies  have  different  constituencies.  But  there 
are  too  many  examples  like  the  C&S  case  to  allow  flaccid  decision  making  to  continue. 

2.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  actively  pursue 
greater  private-sector  participation  in  deliberations  concerning  future  regulations. 

This  should  not  be  perceived  as  an  attack  on  the  state  environmental  organizations. 
They  have  accomplished  wonders  and  contributed  immeasurably  to  our  quality  of  life. 


62 


The  fact  remains  that  there  is  a  perception  (at  least)  that  the  business  community  has 
been  underrepresented,  but  it  must  also  be  noted  that  many  business  organizations  are 
involved  —  small  business,  big  business,  defense  business,  the  High  Tech  Council,  the 
unions,  Associated  Industries  of  Massachusetts,  and  the  Environmental  Business 
Council,  among  others.  It  is  crucial  that  a  much  broader  degree  of  private-sector  partici- 
pation be  pursued. 

For  too  long,  the  business  community  has  been  left  out  of  the  process  of  environmen- 
tal policy  development.  The  net  result  is  that  the  owners  are  typically  distrustful  of  the 
environmental  movement  and  frequently  resist  efforts  to  protect  the  quality  of  the  envi- 
ronment.7 Nowhere  could  this  be  better  observed  than  through  a  review  of  the  Rivers 
bill,  which  would  impose  reasonable  restrictions  on  development  within  150  feet  of 
rivers  and  streams.  The  governor  is  a  strong  supporter  of  the  bill  as  are  all  environmen- 
tal groups.  A  Boston  Globe  editorial  bluntly  stated  that  the  bill,  after  five  years  of  floun- 
dering in  the  legislature,  deserved  to  be  passed.  Yet  the  Associated  Industries  of 
Massachusetts,  the  Massachusetts  Bankers  Association,  and  the  Greater  Boston  Real 
Estate  Board  all  have  lobbied  against  the  bill.  To  date  they  have  been  successful,  as  the 
bill  remains  tied  up  in  the  House  Ways  and  Means  Committee.8 

There  is  no  logical  reason  why  the  bill  should  threaten  businesses.  If  anything,  its 
enactment  would  add  value  to  property  and  increase  our  quality  of  life.  We  believe 
the  fear  is  a  knee-jerk  reaction  and  that  careful  analysis  would  cause  the  business  com- 
munity to  change  its  perspective. 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  the  environmental  community  is  at  times  just  as  fixed  in 
its  positions  as  the  business  community.  We  have  rarely  seen  the  Audubon  Society, 
for  example,  show  any  degree  of  flexibility  in  its  opinions.  We  have  also  observed  the 
Conservation  Law  Foundation's  pursuit  of  what  we  would  consider  frivolous  court 
actions  designed  simply  to  delay  and  add  cost  to  a  project  the  group  opposes.  The  point 
is  that  the  coming  together  of  the  environmentalists  and  the  business  communities  can 
only  help  to  improve  the  quality  of  life  of  all  Massachusetts  residents. 

3.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  ensure  that  all  its 
environmental  regulations  are  necessary,  understandable,  measurable,  predictable, 
standardized,  consistently  applied,  supported  by  business  communities,  and  regularly 
evaluated  to  ensure  that  they  are  meeting  their  intent. 

There  have  long  been  overlapping  regulations.  For  example,  whenever  we  deal  with 
the  environmental  prospects  associated  with  the  revitalization  of  an  old  mill,  we  are 
required  to  go  through  processes  involving  three  federal  agencies  —  the  Department  of 
Housing  and  Urban  Development,  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  and  the  Army 
Corps  of  Engineers  —  as  well  as  the  state  Department  of  Environmental  Protection 
and  the  local  conservation  commission.  While  each  organization  has  its  own  charge, 
there  are  areas  of  significant  duplication.9  There  is  no  reason  for  developers  to  repeat  the 
same  steps  again  and  again. 

Control  over  the  resale  of  sludge  is  an  example  of  a  regulation  that  the  public  and 
business  owners  don't  understand.  The  standards  require  sludge  to  be  cleaner  than  over- 
the-counter  compost,  yet  the  parties  removing  it  cannot  sell  it.  The  rationale  that  it  may 
still  be  tainted  simply  doesn't  make  sense.10 

The  questions  of  measurability  center  on  the  perception  that  tolerance  levels  are 
often  set  beyond  people's  ability  to  measure  them.  The  increased  sophistication  of  sci- 
entific measuring  instruments  has  resulted  in  the  ability  to  determine  microscopically 


63 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


whether  negative  environmental  impacts  are  occurring  on  a  site.  In  a  very  short  while, 
we  have  made  major  advances  from  measuring  parts  per  million  to  parts  per  billion  and 
beyond.  However,  the  significance  of  these  measurements  is  not  understood.  In  short, 
measurement  must  define  risk  understandably. 

Concerning  predictability,  standardization,  and  consistency,  it  is  important  that  the 
rules  remain  constant,  that  the  same  treatment  is  given  to  all  parties,  and  that  changes  do 
not  occur  in  midstream.  Unfortunately,  there  is  a  perception  that  this  is  not  the  case. 
More  specifically,  there  is  a  belief  that  local  boards  of  health  and  conservation  commis- 
sions have  often  used  their  powers  to  block  growth  (rather  than  protect  wetlands),  pro- 
vide advantageous  rulings  to  local  developers  (as  opposed  to  those  from  elsewhere),  and 
have  sliding  scales  on  "orders  of  conditions"  depending  on  the  popularity  of  a  project.11 
Finally,  there  is  a  need  to  gain  the  support  of  the  business  community  before  a  regula- 
tion becomes  a  rule.  The  opinion  of  an  overwhelming  number  of  businesspeople  is  that 
environmental  regulations  are  necessary  and  important.  However,  methods  of  applica- 
tion are  a  different  story. 

4.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  assist,  train,  and 
educate  the  business  community  in  the  application  of  regulatory  procedures. 

No  one  denies  the  need  for  inspection  and,  in  cases  of  noncompliance,  the  applica- 
tion of  punitive  measures.  Overwhelmingly,  however,  the  business  community  is 
willing  to  comply  with  the  letter  and  spirit  of  environmental  regulations.  A  concern 
frequently  emerges  because  businesspeople  do  not  know  what  is  expected  of  them. 
Providing  technical  assistance,  training,  education,  and  a  constant  flow  of  information 
can  help  to  eliminate  many  of  these  problems. 

The  key  apprehension  centers  on  the  role  of  inspectors  and  the  interpretation  of  rules. 
Do  inspectors  visit  factories  to  find  mistakes  and  punish  offenders  or  to  help  protect 
the  environment?  If  we  accept  the  premise  that  business  wants  to  comply,  inspectors' 
visits  should  be  directed  toward  helping  businesses  to  comply.  Carefully  trained, 
articulate,  and  knowledgeable  inspectors  can  improve  the  compliance  rates  of  factories 
and  enhance  the  environment.  In  many  cases,  we  are  arguing  that  inspectors  should 
follow  the  procedures  of  the  army's  inspector  general:  the  army  informs  organizations 
of  what  will  be  inspected,  when  it  will  be  inspected,  and  the  criteria  for  meeting  the 
standards.  Announcements  are  made  months  before  planned  site  visits  occur,  and  the 
organizations  gain  assistance  from  others  as  they  prepare  for  evaluation.  Punishing  a 
company  doesn't  help  anyone;  providing  knowledge  to  it  helps  everyone. 

In  the  interpretation  of  rules,  too  often  one  inspector  is  overzealous  and  the  next 
overly  lax.  It  is  vital  that  the  standards  for  evaluation  be  clear,  the  methods  understood, 
and  the  range  of  personal  interpretation  narrowed.  Only  then  can  business  communities 
gain  a  clear  understanding  of  what  is  expected  of  them. 

5.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  establish  risk 
assessments  in  dealing  with  environmental  regulations. 

There  are  differences  in  degree  between  survival,  critical,  major,  and  minor  environ- 
mental problems,  yet  many  find  too  little  distinction  in  the  actions  taken  to  solve  prob- 
lems. The  trite  phrase  "using  a  jackhammer  to  kill  a  gnat"  comes  to  mind.  There  are  two 
key  issues  here.  The  first  is  the  impact  that  the  phrase  "chemically  dirty  site"  has  on  the 
development  community.  If  one  is  trying  to  revitalize  an  old  mill  property  and  tests 
reveal  even  minor  contaminants  in  the  soil  —  or  produce  even  rumors  of  contaminants 


64 


—  lenders  almost  instantly  are  reluctanct  to  finance  the  site.  One  cannot  blame  them. 
After  all,  business  owners  who  feel  they  cannot  make  a  site  work  walk  away  from  a 
project  and  turn  it  over  to  a  lender  who  in  turn  inherits  at  least  some  responsibility  for 
the  report.  Further,  if  a  potential  buyer  has  the  choice  between  a  new  clean  site  or  a 
clean  site  that  was  once  labeled  chemically  dirty,  our  experience  has  shown  that,  all 
things  considered,  the  buyer  is  inevitably  drawn  to  the  new  one.  The  point  is  that  there 
is  a  tendency  for  the  public  and  potential  buyers  to  treat  all  environmental  problems  as 
severe. 

The  second  issue  is  the  fear  that  changes  in  measurement  and  technology  will  result 
in  a  never-ending  search  for  more  contaminants.  This  is  the  "parts  per  million/parts  per 
billion"  conundrum:  a  site  that  is  clean  at  the  former  level  is  not  at  the  latter.  Should  the 
new  technology  be  applied  after  an  investment  has  been  made,  both  the  community  and 
the  owners  are  harmed.  There  is  a  clear  need  to  create  a  well-understood  risk-grading 
system  in  which  the  public  can  feel  confident.  If  this  is  established,  fears  can  be  at  least 
partially  minimized. 

6.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  return  its  economic 
assets  to  a  high  degree  of  environmental  quality. 

A  strongly  held  belief  is  that  hazardous  waste  regulation  21-E  and  local  zoning  regu- 
lations, among  others,  result  in  abandonment,  blight,  and  urban  decay.  As  previously 
noted,  when  the  cost  of  cleanup  becomes  too  high,  owners  frequently  walk  away  from 
the  property,  turning  it  over  to  a  bank  and  allowing  it  to  rot.  There  are  millions  of  square 
feet  of  existing  mill  space  in  that  condition  with  more  being  added  monthly.  Unless 
attention  is  given  to  this  problem,  our  urban  economic  base  will  further  erode  and  our 
businesses  will  continue  to  build  on  green  lands.  While  some  reforms  have  been  passed 
(e.g.,  21 -J),  they  are  not  enough  to  stimulate  recovery  or  stop  disinvestment.  More  is 
required. 

Moreover,  not  all  old  mill  buildings  should  be  saved.  Few  presently  meet  health,  san- 
itation, flood  plain,  or  building  and  occupational  safety  standards.  Further,  the  nature  of 
manufacturing  production  is  increasingly  linear.  We  have  been  told  that  the  price  of  a 
multifloor  process  production  typically  adds  25  percent  to  the  cost  of  a  unit  produced. 
Thus,  with  the  need  to  bring  these  buildings  up  to  standard  and  to  find  companies  that 
can  overcome  the  costs  of  multifloor  operation,  one  can  understand  why  green-field 
locations  with  modern  buildings  can  be  so  appealing.12  One  can  also  appreciate  the 
necessity  to  demolish  buildings  that  are  beyond  help.  As  long  as  they  stand,  they  are 
symbols  of  decay  and  defeat.  Once  they  are  removed,  some  of  the  acreage  can  be  put 
back  into  productive  use. 

7.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  ensure  that  our 
future  growth  is  accomplished  in  a  concentrated  manner  and  in  communities  where  it  is 
most  needed. 

There  is  little  support  for  the  indiscriminate  spread  of  business  and  industry  across 
the  Massachusetts  landscape.  We  have  substantial  industrial,  commercial,  and  service 
facilities  and  infrastructure  in  our  built-up  areas  which,  once  environmentally  revitaized, 
could  meet  our  growth  needs  for  years  to  come.  Unfortunately,  we  have  chosen  to  ig- 
nore such  assets  and  are  allowing  them  to  decay.  Vermont's  Act  250  offers  one  model,  at 
least  in  part,  for  our  future.13  There  is  extensive  concern  that,  if  unchecked,  green-field 
development  will  ruin  the  uniqueness  of  the  built  environment  of  the  commonwealth. 


65 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Two  critical  issues  are  apparent,  the  first  centering  on  the  state  of  our  inner  cities. 
Increasingly  the  homes  of  the  poor,  the  aged,  immigrants,  minorities,  and  the  less  edu- 
cated, they  are  less  and  less  able  to  meet  their  obligations.  At  the  same  time,  because 
jobs  follow  people,  we  see  increased  economic  growth  in  suburban  and  rural  areas.  The 
second  issue  is  that  of  home-rule.  The  local  government  powers  Massachusetts  grants  its 
communities,  among  the  strongest  in  the  nation,  have  resulted  in  the  placement  of 
strong  economic  borders  between  and  among  communities.  These  powers  have  also  cre- 
ated a  sense  of  competition  among  communities  as  they  search  for  new  companies  to 
expand  their  tax  bases.  We  regularly  find  instances  of  companies'  moving  from  center 
cities  to  suburbs,  thereby  gaining  access  to  government  grants.  Who  wins  and  who  loses 
under  these  circumstances?  Clearly,  the  companies  and  the  receiving  suburbs  are  the  big 
winners.  Just  as  clearly,  the  cities  lose  vital  industrial  companies,  tax  revenues,  and 
employment  opportunities.  Too  of  ten, given  the  age  of  most  of  our  urban  industrial  struc- 
tures, the  space  abandoned  by  a  departing  company  is  never  again  occupied. 

8.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  promote  mass  tran- 
sit across  the  commonwealth  via  infrastructure  development  and  incentives  while  dis- 
couraging the  use  of  private  automobiles. 

The  extension  of  the  MBTA  draws  great  praise.  Similarly,  the  maturation  of  regional 
mass  transit  systems  (e.g.,  MART  and  PVTA)  are  hailed.  But  more  needs  to  be  done, 
particularly  ensuring  that  rural  areas  receive  increased  mass  transit  assistance. 

The  extension  of  mass  transit  in  all  areas  of  the  commonwealth  makes  sense. 
In  fact,  the  provisions  of  the  Intermodal  Surface  Transportation  and  Efficiency  Act  and 
the  Clean  Air  Act  will  require  the  commonwealth  to  make  even  greater  efforts  toward 
reducing  automobile  dependency.  Indications  are  that  there  will  be  a  dramatic  increase 
in  federal  funds  to  the  state  for  transportation  improvements.  If  these  funds  are  spread 
across  the  commonwealth,  all  of  us  will  gain.  However,  we  fear  that  they  will  remain  in 
Greater  Boston  and  that  the  rest  of  the  state  will  be  neglected. 

9.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  encourage  the 
growth  of  environmental  industries  through  strong  incentives. 

Ironically,  one  of  the  by-products  of  the  commonwealth's  strong  environmental  regu- 
lating system  has  been  the  creation  of  an  emerging  environmental  industry.  A  look  at 
the  environmental  Green  Book  reveals  hundreds  of  Massachusetts-based  companies.14 
In  many  ways  these  industries,  which  are  in  the  forefront  of  environmental  reform,  are 
technologically  superior  to  those  in  other  states  and  nations.  They  form  what  Michael 
Porter  calls  an  industrial  cluster  and  a  competitive  advantage  to  the  commonwealth.15 
It  is  crucial  that  we  capture  this  advantage  and  exploit  it  for  economic  purposes. 

10.  It  should  be  the  policy  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  continue  testing 
new  technologies  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  protect  the  environment,  help 
industry,  and  provide  alternative  development  options  for  communities. 

While  there  is  little  political  support  for  small-scale  package  treatment  plants  or  indi- 
vidualized alternatives  to  septic  systems  at  this  time,  technological  advances  continue 
to  be  forthcoming.  Similarly,  there  are  steady  technological  advances  in  detecting  haz- 
ardous activities.  We  must  continue  to  promote  any  and  all  technologies  that  could 
improve  our  quality  of  life.  It  is  also  important  that  we  test  these  advances  in  the  field 
before  allowing  them  to  be  applied  to  our  communities. 


66 


Policy  Implications  and  Action 

This  ten-point  plan  will  neither  create  an  economic  panacea  in  Massachusetts  nor  totally 
or  quickly  correct  our  environmental  problems.  It  will,  however,  place  us  in  a  position 
where,  over  time,  our  economy  and  our  environment  can  be  sustained. 

We  began  this  article  with  a  comment  concerning  the  need  to  integrate  environmental 
and  economic  interest  at  the  highest  levels  of  government.  If  this  occurs,  it  will  signal 
that  a  new  paradigm  is  in  place.  Curiously,  this  first  step  would  not  be  that  difficult  or 
costly.  All  it  would  require  is  the  will  of  the  governor!  In  essence,  the  shift  has  to  begin 
with  the  person  at  the  top,  after  which  the  public  could  begin  to  shift. 

The  pervasive  power  of  the  executive  should  also  be  applied  in  terms  of  bringing  the 
private  sector  into  the  fold.  We  remember  that  the  governor's  conference  with  business 
leaders  about  how  the  state  can  serve  them  better  was  a  tremendously  effective  forum. 
We  urge  the  governor  to  sponsor  a  similar  conference  in  which  the  business  community 
and  environmental  leaders  determine  on  which  areas  they  can  agree  quickly  and  which 
will  take  time  to  resolve.  As  with  the  need  to  employ  the  top-down  powers  of  the  gover- 
nor to  induce  public-sector  change,  there  is  a  need  to  gain  the  support  of  key  business 
leaders.  Ignoring  them  will  result  in  no  change. 

Perhaps  the  most  far-reaching  element  is  that  which  urges  a  focus  on  existing  settle- 
ments. It  will  be  costly,  time-consuming,  and  disruptive,  yet  it  is  not  open  to  choice. 
The  industrial  areas  in  these  settlements  will  continue  to  decay  unless  government 
undertakes  actions.  The  old  television  advertisement  in  which  a  repairman  says  "Pay  me 
now  or  pay  me  later"  comes  to  mind.  Settlements  that  we  regard  as  special  are  deserv- 
ing of  protection  and  revitalization.  As  long  as  we  allow  industry  and  retail  firms  to 
build 

in  green  fields  with  minimal  concern  for  our  settlement  pattern,  they  will.  If,  on  the 
other  hand,  we  develop  a  carrot-and-stick  system  built  on  the  Vermont  model,  we  can 
indeed  make  a  difference. 

Finally,  the  policy  implications  of  encouraging  research  into  new  environment-relat- 
ed technologies  will  result  in  a  twofold  gain  for  the  commonwealth.  It  will  produce 
a  healthier  environment  for  its  citizens  and  reinforce  our  growing  cluster  of  environ- 
mentally oriented  firms. 

In  short,  it  is  clear  that  we  cannot  continue  business  as  usual.  As  long  as  business  is 
the  perceived  enemy  of  environmentalists  and  environmentalists  are  perceived  as 
zealots,  as  long  as  any  community  has  the  power  to  "beggar"  its  neighbor,  as  long  as  we 
continue  to  ignore  our  brown  fields  and  destroy  our  green  fields,  we  will  have  an  ero- 
sion of  our  quality  of  life.  We  have  the  technology  and  means  to  bring  change. 

Where  do  we  go  from  here?  We  started  with  the  premise  that  all  we  require  is  the 
collective  will,  and  there  is  some  evidence  that  it  is  emerging.  For  example,  there  are 
movements  to  improve  the  application  of  environmental  regulations,  there  are  new  cen- 
ter city  development  incentives,  and  there  is  increased  cooperation  between  business 
officials  and  regulators.  There  are  also  new  legislative  initiatives,  such  as  the  proposed 
planning  and  development  act,  which  are  working  their  way  through  the  General  Court. 
However,  until  the  barriers  between  the  business  community  and  regulators  are  re- 
moved, progress  will  be  too  slow,  too  incremental,  and  too  muddled  to  bring  about  the 
new  paradigm. 

For  this  reason,  we  argue  that  a  regulatory  commission  be  formed  and  funded  with 
the  intent  of  developing  a  three-year  legislative  agenda.  The  commission  would  include 


67 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


representatives  from  the  Audubon  Society,  the  Associated  Industries  of  Massachusetts, 
the  Massachusetts  Chamber  of  Commerce,  the  Massachusetts  Association  of  Conserva- 
tionists, the  Conservation  Law  Foundation,  and  academia.  Its  charge  would  be  to  identi- 
fy those  areas  where  agreement  can  be  quickly  realized  and  where  the  perspectives  of 
the  various  organization  can  become  known  to  the  legislature.  We  are  not  naive  about 
this  approach.  Top-down,  it  is  removed  from  the  will  of  the  voters  and  represents  rule  by 
interest  groups.  Nonetheless,  we  have  seen  it  work  tremendously  well  at  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Defense,  where  interest  groups  developed  common  agreements  on  de- 
fense cuts  and  informed  Congress  that  common  approaches  had  been  developed. 
Congress  was  delighted,  for  it  meant  that  it  would  not  have  to  "jerry  build"  a  budget 
to  please  everyone.  This  approach  can  work  in  Massachusetts.  Will  it  happen?  We  be- 
lieve it  will,  because  there  is  no  choice.  A  new  paradigm  is  necessary.  ^ 


Notes 

1.  The  conference  was  cosponsored  by  the  Massachusetts  Executive  Office  of  Economic 
Affairs  and  the  University  of  Massachusetts,  Maurice  A.  Donahue  Institute. 

2.  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  Choosing  to  Compete:  A  Statewide  Strategy  for  Job 
Creation  and  Economic  Growth  (Boston:  Executive  Office  of  Economic  Affairs,  1993). 

3.  Professor  Ken  Geiser  (University  of  Massachusetts  Lowell)  focused  his  conference 
keynote  address  on  the  need  to  reconceptualize  environmental  and  economic  values  and 
emphasized  the  need  for  a  new  paradigm  that  would  result  in  sustainable  development. 

4.  Contributing  factors  in  this  debate  are  conflicting  economic  and  environmental  goals  and 
objectives.  We  emphasize  the  creation  of  wealth  by  exploitation  and  tend  to  separate 
product  development  and  waste  creation.  Denmark  and  Germany  are  developing  an 
industrial-ecological  linked  system  in  which  one  company's  waste  could  become  another 
company's  raw  material. 

5.  See  Massachusetts  General  Law,  Chapter  21E,  Massachusetts  Oil  and  Hazardous  Material 
Release  Prevention  and  Response  Act  (Boston:  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  1986). 

6.  See  Pioneer  Valley  Planning  Commission,  The  Strategic  Plan  for  the  Pioneer  Valley  (West 
Springfield,  Mass.:  1991),  10. 

7.  Although  the  skepticism  about  industry  of  special  interest  groups  is  well  documented, 
little  of  the  fears  and  mistrust  of  industrialists  and  developers  is  addressed  to  them. 
These  real  concerns  have  to  be  articulated  as  well. 

8.  See  "The  Damned-up  Rivers  Bill,"  Boston  Globe,  July  25,  1994,  10. 

9.  This  point  is  made  in  a  report  prepared  by  the  WestMass  Area  Development  Corporation, 
MEPA  Maze:  The  Trial  by  Ordeal  of  One  Company  Working  to  Prepare  Land  for 
Development  in  the  Late  Twentieth  Century  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts 
(Springfield,  1991).  Also  see  Craig  L.  Moore  and  Edward  Moscovitch,  The  New  Economic 
Reality:  Massachusetts  Prospects  for  Long-Term  Growth  (Boston:  Massachusetts 
Taxpayers  Foundation,  1994),  58. 

10.  New  York  City  ventured  on  a  pilot  program  to  give  free  sludge  to  farmers  in  Colorado  to 
introduce  them  to  the  fertilizing  qualities  of  the  product. 


68 


11.  The  use  of  environmental  protection  as  a  method  to  block  growth  is  not  a  new  argument. 
The  powers  of  the  Board  of  Health  are  stipulated  in  Massachusetts  General  Laws  Chapter 
41-1,41-2,  and  111.  Also  see  Andrew  J.  W.  Scheffey,  Conservation  Commissions  in  Massa- 
chusetts (Washington,  D.C.:  Conservation  Foundation,  1969). 

12.  See  Zenia  Kotval  and  John  Mullin,  "The  Greenfield-Brownfield  Debate:  A  Balanced 
Approach  to  Industrial  Development,"  Economic  Development  Commentary  17,  no.  2 
(Summer  1993):  18-23. 

13.  Vermont  Act  250  says  in  effect  that  new  development  should  occur  contiguous  to  existing 
growth  centers,  be  in  keeping  with  the  character  of  the  community,  and  have  no  adverse 
impact  on  traffic,  infrastructure,  fiscal  capacity,  environment,  and  community  character. 

14.  See  Daniel  K.  Moon,  ed.,  The  Green  Book:  New  England,  1993-1994  (Andover,  Mass.: 
Green  Book  Inc.,  1993). 

15.  See  Michael  Porter,  The  Competitive  Advantage  of  Massachusetts  (Boston:  Office  of  the 
Secretary  of  State,  1991),  124. 


69 


70 


Budget  Policy  A  Politica 

and  Fiscal  Crisis  Matrix 


Francis  J.  Leaz.es,  Jr. 
Robert  Sieczkiewicz 


A  study  of  134  Rhode  Island  programs,  administered  during  the  state's  budget  crisis  in 
the  fiscal  years  1987  to  1991,  yielded  a  number  of  important  lessons.  The  more  man- 
dated formula  spending  there  was  in  a  budget,  the  more  uncontrollable  was  the  budget. 
There  is  a  spending  bias  ingrained  in  the  political  culture.  Some  nonentitlement  spend- 
ing can  be  difficult  to  curtail.  Cutback  management  strategies  are  inadequate  to  address 
significant  revenue  shortfalls.  The  authors  present  a  political  budget  matrix  designed  to 
assist  budget  policymakers  and  staff  in  making  educated  assumptions  about  the  way  cat- 
egories of  programs  may  be  treated  during  times  of  severe  fiscal  stress.  The  matrix  takes 
into  account  such  elements  as  formulas,  labor  intensity,  and  position  on  the  political 
agenda. 


What  a  revolting  development!"  declared  Riley,  the  beloved  1950s  television  charac- 
ter, as  he  faced  yet  another  family  dilemma.  He  summed  up  the  feelings  of  north- 
eastern state  legislators  and  their  budget  staffs  as  they  struggle  with  endless  red  ink. 
Tough  choices  continue  to  face  the  lawmakers  —  cut  spending  and/or  raise  taxes. 

Budgeting  is  a  political  act.  Our  budgetary  matrix  is  designed  to  help  budget  policy- 
makers and  staffs  make  educated  assumptions,  perhaps  even  forecasts,  about  the  way 
programs  may  be  treated  during  periods  of  fiscal  stress.  The  matrix  can  also  assist  in 
understanding  the  degree  to  which  incrementalism  remains  in  place  during  fiscal  crisis. 
And,  to  assess  the  results  of  decremental  budgeting,  it  determines  whether  the  budget 
produces  marginal  downward  spending  adjustments  or  a  more  fundamental  shift  of 
resources  from  one  program  to  another.  We  used  the  budgetary  results  for  1 34  Rhode 
Island  programs  for  fiscal  years  1987-1991  to  develop  the  matrix.  With  each  program 
having  a  more  than  $1  million  appropriation  in  FY  1991,  the  total  made  up  95  percent 
of  all  state  spending.  The  matrix  subsequently  was  used  to  assess  the  budget  outcomes 
of  FY  1991-1992. 

Four  general  lessons  that  have  universal  applicability  for  state-level  budget  policy- 
makers emerged  from  the  analysis.  The  first  is  not  new,  having  been  discussed  at  length 
in  budgeting  literature:  the  more  mandated  formula  spending  under  current  law,  the 
more  uncontrollable  the  budget.1  A  budget  that  is  heavily  entitled  cannot  be  readily 

Francis  J.  Leaz.es.  Jr.,  associate  professor  of  political  science,  Rhode  Island  College,  is  director  of  the  Rhode 
Island  Master  of  Public  Administration  Program.  Robert  Sieczkiewicz  is  principal  budget  analyst,  Rhode 
Island  state  legislature. 

71 


Atevr  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


adjusted  nor  can  outlays  be  controlled  through  the  annual  appropriations  process.  The 
budget  is  vulnerable  because,  when  appropriations  are  left  open-ended  to  accommodate 
formula  requirements  and  cost  of  living  adjustments,  the  government  becomes  less  able 
to  respond  to  unfavorable  revenue  forecasts  and  economic  projections. 

Another  key  lesson,  also  not  new,  is  that  a  clear  governmental  spending  bias  is  in- 
grained in  the  political  culture.2  That  bias  remains  in  place  in  times  of  fiscal  crisis,  even 
when  political  "no  new  taxes"  promises  have  reduced  a  state's  revenue-raising  capacity. 
In  this  study  of  five  fiscal  years,  more  than  half  the  state's  spending,  including  nonenti- 
tlement  expenditures,  occurred  at  rates  exceeding  any  reasonable  definition  of  incremen- 
talism  —  the  habitual  small,  upward-creeping  tendencies  of  budgets  so  often  associated 
with  public  budgeting^  Rhode  Island's  spending  continued  unabated  throughout  the 
early  years  of  the  fiscal  crisis. 

The  third  lesson  is  that  nonentitlement  programs  which  are  high  on  the  political 
agenda,  and  in  which  there  is  significant  political  elite  involvement,  are  as  hard  to  con- 
trol as  entitlements.  However,  while  it  can  be  difficult  to  control  nonentitlement  spend- 
ing, far  more  nonentitlement  programs  can  be  cut. 

The  fourth  lesson  is  that  short-term  cutback  strategies  are  woefully  inadequate  to 
address  significant  revenue  shortfalls.4  Our  analysis  begins  with  this  last,  but  important 
point. 

Traditional  cutback  management  techniques  were  dutifully  used  to  address  the  crisis. 
Once  these  tough-choice  avoidance  strategies  were  exhausted,  policymakers  turned  to 
program  reductions.  The  matrix  describes  succinctly  the  outcomes  of  their  eventual 
choices. 


The  Political  Response  to  the  Emerging  Budget  Crisis 

Rhode  Island  was  a  victim  of  its  own  success  in  raising  revenues  and  expanding  ser- 
vices during  the  1980s.  A  sudden  early-to-mid-decade  boom  economy  flooded  the  state 
treasury  with  new  revenues.  Yet  state  government  spending  outpaced  its  revenues  as 
spending  initiatives  blossomed  (see  Table  1).  The  governor  and  legislature  showed  no 
inclination  to  restrain  their  largess  during  that  period. 


Table  1 


Comparing  Revenues  and  Expenditures 
Fiscal  Years  1986-1990 


Fiscal 

General 

Percentage 

General 

Percentage 

Year 

Revenue 
(in  000,000s) 

Change 

Expenditures 
(in  000,000s) 

Change 

1986 

1,022.6 



1,052.4 



1987 

1,165.8 

14.0 

1,130.9 

7.5 

1988 

1,247.9 

7.0 

1,255.7 

11.0 

1989 

1,293.2 

3.6 

1,399.7 

11.5 

1990 

1,374.0 

6.3 

1,489.7 

6.4 

Source:  State  of  Rhode  Island,  Department  of  Administration,  budgets  as  enacted  for  the  appropriate  year. 


72 


The  boom  years  also  witnessed  an  increase  in  the  state's  revenue-raising  capacity. 
Rhode  Island's  tax  power  is  historically  below  the  national  average,  but  its  tax  effort 
is  often  above  the  national  average  (see  Figure  1).  During  the  mid-1980s  Rhode  Island 
reduced  its  tax  effort  by  enacting  a  series  of  rate  reductions  in  its  income  tax,  which  is  a 
"piggyback"  on  the  federal  tax.  By  1988,  at  the  outset  of  the  fiscal  crisis,  the  state's  tax 
capacity  and  effort  were  approaching  the  national  norms.  As  Figure  1  clearly  shows, 
from  that  point  on  tax  capacity  and  effort  diverged  sharply,  a  direct  result  of  the  fiscal 
crisis. 


Figure  1 


Rhode  Island  Tax  Capacity  and  Effort  1979-1991 


140 

o 
o 

130 

II 

C/5 

120 

Z) 

110 

<D 
.Q 

E 

X 

CD 

100 
90 

C 

80 

70 

1979       1980       1981        1982       1983       1984       1985       1986       1988       1991 
Index  Number  Calendar  Year 

Capacity  •         Effort  ■ 

Source:  Advisory  Commission  on  Intergovernmental  Relations,  "1991  State  Fiscal  Capacity  and  Effort" 
(Washington,  D.C.:  ACIR,  August  1993). 

Underlying  the  apparently  healthy  1980s  economy  were  troubling  indicators  pointing 
to  the  boom's  really  being  a  "blip."  Policymakers  ignored  forecast  data  warning  of 
future  trouble.  Single-housing  permit  applications,  which  are  consistently  cited  as  indi- 
cators of  the  robustness  of  the  state's  overall  economic  health,  declined  precipitously 
after  their  peak  in  1986  (see  Figure  2).  Despite  a  number  of  lesser  peaks,  the  trend  was 
clearly  downward.  The  warning  sign  went  unheeded,  however.  State  spending  continued 
to  grow. 

Other  ominous  signposts  appeared  in  the  years  following,  but  state  spending  pro- 
ceeded unabated  through  fiscal  years  1988  and  1989.  The  prime  lending  rate  rose 
throughout  the  last  few  years  of  the  decade.  Rhode  Island  housing  prices  continued  to 
increase.  Rising  mortgage  rates  and  housing  prices  meant  that  fewer  Rhode  Islanders 
were  able  to  afford  a  home.  After  peaking  in  1988,  housing  sales  declined  rapidly. 

By  fiscal  1989-1990,  significant  political  capital  had  accrued  to  both  the  legislature 
and  governor  because  state  income  tax  rates  were  reduced  four  times  between  1986  and 


73 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


1988.  All  the  while  revenues  continued  to  rise.  However,  Rhode  Island  officeholders 
reluctantly  cashed  in  this  political  capital  to  overcome  fiscal  stress  once  revenues  began 
to  decline. 


Figure  2 


Rhode  Island  Housing  Permits  1986-1991 


1000h 


c 

a 


0  l    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I I    I    I    I I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 

Jul86     Jan87  Jul87    Jan88  Jul88    Jan89  Jul89    Jan90  Jul  90  Jan91    Jul91 
Month-Year  •  Actual    ■  Forecast 

Sources:  Actuals  —  NEEECO,  University  of  Maine.  Forecast  —  RIHFAS 


The  Cutback  Management  Response 


Once  the  state's  budget  began  to  bleed  in  fiscal  year  1988-1989,  and  hemorrhaged  be- 
tween 1990  and  1992,  past  spending  commitments  were  threatened.  The  gap  between 
the  needs  and  expectations  of  citizens  and  government  employees  for  public  services 
and  benefits  widened.  The  economy  could  not  generate  enough  growth  to  sustain 
tax  supported  programs  without  putting  unacceptable  demands  on  taxpayers.  The  new 
federalism,  a  seeming  "shift  and  shaft,"  continued  to  strain  the  state  coffers. 

Tough  choices  faced  the  Rhode  Island  legislature  as  it  struggled  to  meet  the  state 
constitution's  balanced  budget  requirement.  Repeatedly,  state  revenues  did  not  meet 
forecasted  expectations.  Fiscal  year  1989-1990  saw  the  emergence  of  an  $86.8  million 
deficit  on  a  total  state  budget  of  about  $1.49  billion.  Fiscal  1990-1991  realized  a  nearly 
$200  million  shortfall. 

In  mid-decade,  policymakers  had  taken  a  few  tentative  steps  toward  developing  a 
financial  emergency  plan.  In  1984  the  legislators  created  a  "rainy  day"  fund,  the  State 
Budget  Reserve  and  Cash  Stabilization  Account.  When  the  first  deficit  appeared  in 
1989-1990,  the  $57  million  in  that  account  was  depleted  almost  overnight. 

The  initial  political  response  of  the  Rhode  Island  legislature  and  governor  in  the  de- 
clining revenue  years  of  fiscal  1989-1990  and  1990-1991  was  to  combine  traditional 
cutback  management  techniques  with  revenue  "enhancements"  and  a  small  personal  in- 
come tax  increased  Any  major  increases  in  personal  or  corporate  income  tax  rates  were 
not  deemed  politically  possible  as  both  governors  in  office  during  the  crisis  took  the  no- 
new-taxes  pledge.  Nevertheless,  the  state's  tax  effort  increased  while  its  capacity  began 


74 


to  decrease  as  a  recession  began  to  take  hold.  During  1989-1990,  traditional  cutback 
management  strategies  to  reduce  personnel  costs  took  center  stage.  An  early  retirement 
program  was  put  in  place.  More  than  700  state  employees  took  advantage  of  an  offer 
"they  couldn't  refuse."  The  expected  short-term  savings  were  offset  somewhat  by  per- 
sonnel's rehiring  under  the  state  seventy-five-day  rule  or  as  consultants.  Shifting  state- 
revenue-supported  employees  to  federal  "soft  money"  also  became  a  strategy  of  choice. 
In  fiscal  year  1990-1991,  revenue  enhancements  came  to  the  forefront,  furthering  the 
gap  between  tax  capacity  and  effort.  The  principal  steps  taken  were  to: 

•  increase  user  fees  for  motor  vehicle  registration  and  other  services,  including  the 
beloved  vanity  license  plates; 

•  enact  a  state  sunset  sales  tax  increase  that  raised  the  tax  from  6  to  7  percent,  to  be 
phased  out  over  the  two  subsequent  years; 

•  expand  the  sales  tax  to  incorporate  periodicals; 

•  increase  the  state  "sin"  taxes  on  alcohol  and  tobacco  as  well  as  the  gasoline  tax; 
the  latter  was  increased  twice  in  one  year,  placing  it  among  the  highest  in 

the  nation; 

•  cancel  the  one  percent  Public  Service  Corporation  tax  reduction  scheduled  for 
FY  1991; 

•  employ  creative  accounting  to  define  when  and  how  certain  receivables  would  be 
reported. 

Structural  changes  in  the  activities  supporting  the  budget  process  appeared  as  well. 
During  the  last  few  fiscal  years  the  revenue  and  spending  forecasts  of  the  governor's 
staff  and  the  legislative  fiscal  advisers  were  often  in  conflict  because  of  different  fore- 
casting techniques.  To  iron  them  out,  a  revenue-estimating  conference  made  up  of  the 
state's  budget  officer  and  the  House  and  Senate  fiscal  advisers  was  established  in  the 
hope  that  their  combined  strengths  would  improve  the  quality  of  forecasts.6 

None  of  the  strategies  worked.  Forecasted  expenditures  for  1990-1991  kept  changing 
for  the  worse  throughout  the  fall  of  1990.  By  the  time  a  new  governor  was  sworn  into 
office  in  January  1991,  the  original  FY  1990-1991  budget  as  enacted  was  projected  to 
produce  a  $200  million  shortfall,  excluding  the  cost  of  a  looming  statewide  credit  union 
bailout. 

When  the  potential  long-term  severity  of  the  crisis  emerged  during  FY  1990-1991, 
the  new  governor  proposed  a  midyear  adjusted  budget  package  that  the  legislature 
quickly  passed.  The  new  strategy  for  coping  with  fiscal  disaster  was  primarily  designed 
to  reduce  payroll.  The  governor  proposed  and  negotiated  a  ten-day  pay  deferral  plan 
with  state  worker  and  college  faculty  unions  that  included  an  additional  nineteen  salary 
deferral  days  in  the  following  fiscal  year.  Over  500  layoffs  in  a  state  work  force  of 
approximately  18,000  were  ordered.  The  state's  contribution  to  the  State  Teacher's 
Retirement  Fund  was  deferred. 

Unfortunately,  fiscal  1991-1992  was  no  better.  Almost  immediately  the  governor  had 
to  submit  a  budget  containing  the  already  negotiated  pay  deferrals  and  a  continuation 


75 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


of  the  retirement  fund  strategy.  Increases  in  the  personal  income  tax,  however,  were  off 
the  political  table.  Reducing  program  spending  took  the  spotlight  —  and  continues. 


A  Budget  Politics  Matrix 

Programs  are  never  equal  in  the  competition  for  finite  and  shrinking  resources.  The  re- 
duced likelihood  of  "fair  share"  increases  to  cover  future  costs  of  current  services,  or 
actual  cuts  in  an  agency's  budget  base,  even  if  seemingly  decremental  ones,  makes  bud- 
getary competition  fierce.  The  contest  becomes  even  more  intense  when  large  portions 
of  the  state  budget  are  uncontrollable,  whether  because  of  mandated  formulas  or  rough- 
and-tumble  "politics." 

Partisans  strive  to  assure  that  their  programs  receive  their  fair  share,  a  "fairness  fac- 
tor" measured  here  by  the  percentage  increase  above  or  below  the  median  growth  rate 
for  all  programs.  For  all  programs  it  was  an  aggregate  37.9  percent  over  the  five  years 
of  the  study  or  roughly  7.5  percent  each  year.  This  occurred  despite  the  Rhode  Island 
governor's  having,  by  statute,  to  recommend  to  the  legislature  a  budget  not  to  exceed 
5.5  percent  of  the  previous  year's  enacted  budget. 

There  is  also  a  track  record  with  regard  to  programs'  winning  their  budget  share. 
This  "win-lose"  account  is  measured  by  whether  a  program's  rate  of  budgetary  growth 
remained  steady  or  was  interrupted  during  the  five-year  period.  Interrupted  growth 
means  that  a  program's  budgetary  history  reflected  a  pattern  of  above  or  below  median 
growth  in  one  year,  followed  by  a  subsequent  year  of  no  growth  or  decline,  then  a  sub- 
sequent upward  rebound  and  such. 

Table  2  presents  a  budget  politics  matrix  that  explains  programs'  relative  budget  suc- 
cess or  failure  in  protecting  their  base  and  obtaining  a  fair  share.  Each  cell  has  a  label 
reflecting  the  success  or  failure  experienced  over  the  five  years  of  the  study:  Big  Win- 
ners, Sprinters,  Steady  Plodders,  and  Big  Losers. 

Knowing  whether  a  program  wins  or  loses  its  fair  share  is  helpful,  but  identifying  the 
characteristics  associated  with  winning  or  losing  is  also  important.  We  chose  the  follow- 
ing five  criteria  commonly  found  in  the  public  budgeting  literature  associated  with 
spending  decisions  to  perform  the  analysis:  (1)  whether  program  spending  was  formula 
mandated;  (2)  whether  the  program  was  labor  intensive,  with  more  than  70  percent  of 
its  dollars  having  been  allotted  to  personnel  costs;7  (3)  a  program's  gaining  a  place  on 
the  state's  political  agenda  —  such  access  requires  widespread  attention,  a  concern  that 
action  is  required,  and  a  public  perception  that  the  matter  is  appropriate  for  govern- 
ment;8 (4)  the  level  of  political  advocacy  for  a  program;9  and  (5)  the  degree  to  which  the 
program  was  a  product  of  a  special  interest  of  an  individual  lawmaker  or  group  of  legis- 
lators that  do  not  constitute  a  major  voting  bloc  —  those  who  have  adequate  political 
capital  to  invest  in  the  continuation  of  their  "pet  projects."  Table  3  summarizes  the  polit- 
ical characteristics  of  each  cell. 


Analysis 

Between  1987  and  1991,  when  the  crisis  emerged  and  the  budget  subsequently  hemor- 
rhaged, a  spending  bias  generally  continued  to  manifest  itself.  Half  of  all  the  pro- 
grams expanded  at  rates  above  the  median  growth  rate,  accounting  for  nearly  60  per- 
cent of  total  state  spending. 


76 


Table  2 


Rhode  Island  State  Spending:  Fiscal  Years  1987-1991 
Fairness  Factor  and  Win-Lose  Record  (Programs  =  134) 


Win-Lose  Record 


Steady  Growth 


O 

LL 

<fl 
(0 

0 

C 

'3 

LL 


O 

o 

(0 


Cell  I  -  Big  Winners 

c 

03 

31  Total  programs 

23% 

t5 

Total  spending 

33% 

3  Formula  programs 

3% 

<D 

Formula  spending 

23% 

> 
O 

28  Nonformula  programs 

20% 

J2 
< 

Nonformula  spending 
Nonformula  Summary 

10% 

7  Labor-int.  programs 

5% 

Labor-int.  spending 

.2% 

20  Multivar.  programs 

15% 

Multivar.  spending 

9% 

1  Pet  program 

.7% 

Pet  spending 

.4% 

c 

CO 


_o 

CD 
CO 


Cell  III  -  Steady  Plodders 


12  Total  program  9% 

Total  spending  10% 

2  Formula  programs  1% 

Formula  spending  2% 

10  Nonformula  programs  7% 

Nonformula  spending  8% 

Nonformula  Summary 

8  Labor-int.  progams  6% 

Labor-int.  spending  7% 

1  Multivar.  program  .5% 

Multivar.  spending  .7% 

1  Pet  Program  .5% 

Pet  spending  .3% 


Interrupted  Growth 


Cell  II  -  Sprinters 


36  Total  programs  27% 

Total  spending  25% 

7  Formula  programs  5% 

Formula  spending  13% 

29  Nonformula  programs  22% 

Nonformula  spending  12% 


9  Labor-int.  programs  7% 

Labor-int.  spending  2% 

14  Multivar.  programs  11% 

Multivar.  spending  9% 

6  Pet  programs  4% 

Pet  spending  1% 


Cell  IV  -  Big  Losers 


55  Total  programs  41% 

Total  spending  27% 

9  Formula  programs  7% 

Formula  spending  7% 

46  Nonformula  programs  34% 

Nonformula  spending  20% 


38  Labor-int.  programs  28% 

Labor-int.  spending  18% 

6  Multivar.  program  5% 

Multivar.  spending  2% 

2  Pet  programs  1% 

Pet  spending  .2% 


Note:  Program  percentage:  of  total  programs.  Spending  percentage:  of  total  spending. 
Multivar.  =  in  crisis;  high  on  agenda;  high  advocacy. 


Big  Winners 

Cell  I  contains  the  true  uncontrollables  —  the  Big  Winners  that  made  up  33  percent  of 
Rhode  Island  state  spending.  During  1987-1991  these  programs  grew  at  rates  far 
exceeding  the  7.5  percent  median  growth  rate  for  all  programs.  The  degree  to  which  a 


77 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


Table  3 


Political  Matrix  of  Budget  Control 


Cell  I  -  Big  Winners 

Uncontrollable 
Much  entitlement  spending 
Low  labor  intensity 
High  visibility/often  in 

crisis/high  agenda  item 
Strong  advocacy 
Broad  elites 
Few  pets 


Cell  II  -  Sprinters 

Difficult  to  control 
Some  entitlement  spending 
Low  labor  intensity 
High  visibility/often  in 

crisis/high  agenda  item 
Strong  advocacy 
Individual  elites 
Many  pets 


Cell  III  -  Steady  Plodders 

Incrementalism 

Little  entitlement  spending 

Labor  intensive 

Low  visibility 

No  crisis 

Low  agenda  item 

Some  advocacy 

Coalitions 

Few  pets 


Cell  IV  -  Big  Losers 

Controllable 

Little  entitlement  spending 

Labor  intensive 

Low  visibility 

No  crisis 

Low  agenda  item 

Weak  advocacy 

No  elites 

Few  pets 


budget  can  be  controlled  and  adjusted  in  times  of  fiscal  stress  depends  on  keeping  the 
amount  of  Big  Winner  spending  to  a  minimum.  Cutting  the  Big  Winner  programs, 
that  is,  moving  them  out  of  the  uncontrollable  arena,  is  difficult  because  such  an  action 
may  have  a  perceived  or  real  long-term  electoral  impact  on  the  legislature,  or  require 
that  the  problem  be  "solved"  or  redefined  in  some  way. 

Two-thirds  of  Rhode  Island  Big  Winner  entitlement  spending  derived  from  the  politi- 
cally sensitive,  formula-driven  State  Support  for  Local  School  Operations.  That  pro- 
gram, which  accounts  for  about  20  percent  of  all  state  spending,  grew  at  an  average 
annual  rate  of  nearly  1 1  percent  over  the  five  years.10 

Nonentitlement  Big  Winners  are  high-visibility  programs,  sometimes  in  crisis,  that 
have  generated  broad  coalitions  to  support  spending.  The  state's  consistent  nonentitle- 
ment Big  Winner  policy  areas  were  mental  health  programs  and  corrections.  Six  percent 
of  total  state  spending  in  fiscal  1990  was  for  mental  health  services. 

The  Department  of  Mental  Health,  Retardation,  and  Hospitals  (MHRH)  deinstitution- 
alization effort  was  the  prime  beneficiary.  For  example,  the  Mental  Retardation  Com- 
munity Services  Program,  Community  Mental  Health  Program,  Community  Mental 
Health  Plan,  and  Mental  Health  Services  for  Children  grew  at  average  annual  rates 
of  22  percent,  18  percent,  10  percent,  and  44  percent,  respectively. 

Rhode  Island's  correctional  system  was,  until  recently,  in  crisis.  The  state  operated 
under  a  federal  district  court  order  to  reduce  overcrowding  at  the  state  Adult  Correc- 
tional Institute.  The  facilities  unit  received  an  increase  of  74  percent  over  the  five 
years  to  help  alleviate  the  strain.  With  the  public's  view  of  the  need  for  increased  public 
safety,  corrections  fared  well. 


78 


Sprinters 

The  Sprinters  tasted  the  thrill  of  victory  —  growth  rates  above  the  median,  sometimes 
significantly  so.  They  also  knew  the  agony  of  defeat  —  years  when  spending  increases 
fell  well  below  the  median  or  declined.  These  programs  waffle  between  being  highly 
visible,  crisis  oriented,  and  less  visible  "pets."  Most  of  them  are  nonentitlement  pro- 
grams that  account  for  half  the  spending  in  the  category.  As  with  Big  Winners,  fewer 
Sprinter  entitlements  make  up  half  the  spending  in  this  category.  The  state's  share  of 
Medicaid  is  a  Sprinter  because  of  factors  such  as  the  unemployment  rate  during  that 
period. 

The  Sprinters  are  on  the  Big  Winner  political  waiting  list.  They  are  difficult  to  con- 
trol because  they  have  many  legislative  advocates.  Yet  they  have  not  developed  or  sus- 
tained a  broad  enough  coalition  to  garner  large,  consistent  increases  in  their  budget,  or 
to  stave  off  cuts.  The  significant  increases  they  do  receive  cluster  in  years  when  they 
receive  special  attention. 

If  they  experience  a  highly  visible  crisis,  they  sprint  ahead  budgetarily  for  a  short 
period.  For  example,  the  Rhode  Island  Department  for  Children  and  Their  Families  has 
been  roundly  criticized  for  its  performance  ever  since  its  creation  more  than  a  decade 
ago.  The  deaths  of  children,  allegations  of  staff  misconduct,  and  other  assorted  com- 
plaints have  kept  the  department  in  crisis.  The  political  response  has  been  to  increase 
spending  when  the  complaints  reach  crisis  proportion.  So  over  the  five  years,  spending 
for  community  services  for  children  has  increased  by  13  percent,  direct  services  by  9 
percent,  and  the  board  and  care  of  children  in  private  homes  by  8  percent. 

At  the  opposite  end  of  the  Sprinter  spectrum  are  those  programs  which  forge  ahead 
precisely  because  they  are  not  highly  visible  but  have  strong  legislative  advocates. 
Being  a  "pet"  can  help  keep  growth  rates  above  the  median,  but  that  is  no  insurance 
against  periodic  cuts.  Programs  such  as  Community  Service  Grants,  Pathways  to  Inde- 
pendence, and  Alternative  Care  for  the  Elderly  have  grown  at  above  median  rates  in  a 
couple  of  years,  but  have  experienced  no  growth  in  others  during  the  same  five-year 
period.  One  key,  then,  to  control  of  spending  is  to  keep  Sprinters  from  acquiring  Big 
Winner  status,  either  by  solving  their  problems  or  by  keeping  individual  program  advo- 
cates from  developing  broader  support. 

Steady  Plodders 

The  striking  characteristic  of  the  Steady  Plodders  is  their  low  number.  Rhode  Island's 
classic  incremental  growth  pool  of  programs  has  shrunk,  totaling  only  10  percent  of 
state  spending  and  about  9  percent  of  the  programs.  They  grew  at  a  consistent  annual  5 
percent  rate  over  five  years,  staying  within  the  budget  cap  and  below  the  median.  These 
Steady  Plodders  are  institutionalized,  mostly  labor  intensive,  rarely  in  crisis,  and  low  on 
the  political  agenda.  Only  two  are  formula  based. 

The  Steady  Plodders  are  valued,  but  not  visible,  somewhat  woven  into  the  political 
fabric  of  the  state.  There  is  general  agreement  that  they  are  a  product  of  past  polit- 
ical decisions  and  ought  not  to  be  greatly  tinkered  with.  However,  those  which  are  labor 
intensive  teeter  on  the  brink  of  becoming  Big  Losers.  A  classic  example  is  the  incre- 
mental growth  of  the  MHRH-run  General  Hospital,  which  is  highly  labor  intensive  and 
whose  budget  grew  at  a  rate  of  just  under  5  percent. 

Big  Losers 

The  Big  Losers  are  controllable.  Little  apparent  political  "blame"  is  assessed  as  a  result 


79 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


of  their  being  cut.  Although  there  is  no  question  that  government  ought  to  be  involved  in 
these  policy  areas,  the  extent  of  commitment  is  open  to  debate.  The  programs  may  not 
be  high  on  the  political  agenda,  are  not  in  sensitive  crisis  policy  areas,  and  their  political 
advocates  may  no  longer  be  members  of  the  legislature.  There  are  virtually  no  pets 
among  them. 

Because  they  are  labor  intensive  and  may  have  the  capacity  to  raise  their  own  rev- 
enue, these  programs  provide  the  best  opportunity  for  immediate  savings.  Forty-one 
percent  of  the  134  programs  are  labor  intensive.  Nearly  70  percent  of  all  labor-intensive 
programs  are  Big  Losers,  but  the  fifty-five  of  them  account  for  only  18  percent  of  state 
spending. 

One  major  policy  area  reflecting  the  Big  Loser  syndrome  is  higher  education,  the 
most  visible  and  largest  of  all.  A  labor-intensive  policy  area,  it  has  the  perceived  ability 
to  "raise"  its  own  revenues,  a  quality  of  dubious  value  in  times  of  crisis.  Rhode  Island 
support  for  higher  education  has  dropped  from  nearly  80  percent  of  higher  education 
revenues  in  1987  to  about  50  percent  by  FY  1992. 

Many  Big  Loser  programs  typically  offer  a  political  advantage  as  well  because  they 
typically  have  virtually  no  advocates.  Many  of  them  are  related  to  central  managerial 
functions  such  as  auditing,  inspecting,  and  purchasing.  These  programs  have  experi- 
enced budget  decrements  in  their  base. 

Eventually,  the  Big  Loser  portion  of  the  budget  could  shrink  to  relative  insignifi- 
cance. The  state  will  then  be  forced  to  determine  whether  it  should  continue  to  finance 
any  of  the  current  programs  in  that  category.  In  higher  education,  the  three  state  institu- 
tions are  better  characterized  as  state  assisted  rather  than  state  supported.  In  other  areas, 
government  would  have  to  abandon  some  general  operations,  a  clearly  impractical 
choice  unless  it  wanted  to  go  out  of  business  entirely. 


1991-1992  Outcomes 

The  matrix  proved  useful  in  tracking  the  results  for  programs  during  fiscal  year  1991  — 
1992,  which  in  the  five  previous  years  had  fallen  into  each  of  the  four  cells.  Overall, 
real  cuts  did  take  place.  The  median  "growth"  rate  for  all  programs  was  a  negative  9.7 
percent  —  a  sign  of  the  truly  desperate  budget  situation.  It  would  be  expected  that  the 
Big  Winners  and  Steady  Plodders  would  fare  best  under  these  draconian  conditions. 
Conversely,  Sprinters  would  not  be  able  to  sprint,  and  Big  Losers  would  teeter  on  the 
edge  of  extinction.  For  the  most  part,  expectations  were  borne  out. 

While  all  categories  of  programs  suffered  cuts,  the  Big  Winners  and  Steady  Plodders 
of  the  five  previous  fiscal  years  were  able  to  fend  off  cuts  or  minimize  their  losses 
more  effectively  than  the  Sprinters  and  Big  Losers.  We  defined  budget  effectiveness  as 
maintaining  a  positive  growth  rate  in  the  budget  enacted  for  FY  1991-1992.  Programs 
realized  minimized  losses  when  funded  at  their  FY  1991  level  or  when  the  cuts  they 
sustained  were  less  than  the  median  reduction  of  9.7  percent.  Those  whose  cuts  were 
greater  than  that  took  the  "big  hits." 

Big  Winners  and  Steady  Plodders  enjoyed  protection  from  major  budget  cuts. Pro- 
grams in  both  categories  continued  to  grow  and  to  avoid  serious  cuts  more  effectively 
than  Sprinters  and  Big  Losers.  Better  than  half  the  Big  Losers  continued  to  suffer  losses 
greater  than  the  median,  and  the  Sprinters  did  not  sprint  that  year.  The  safest  programs 
in  difficult  budget  times  are  entitlements.  Almost  50  percent  of  them  continued  to  grow 
and  another  quarter  minimized  losses.  The  pay  deferrals  and  layoffs  are  reflected  in  the 


80 


labor-intensive  programs,  of  which  nearly  two-thirds  had  to  absorb  significant  cuts. 


Recommendations 

As  a  result  of  using  the  matrix  and  piecing  together  the  history  of  the  Rhode  Island  bud- 
get crisis,  we  determined  that  fiscal  trouble  looms  when,  in  tandem, 

•  government  officials  ignore  early  economic  stress  indicators; 

•  small  revenue  enhancements  and  cutback  management  becomes  the  principal  polit- 
ical strategy  for  coping  with  declining  state  tax  receipts; 

•  state  government  spending  programs  during  good  economic  times  are  characterized 
by  new  or  expanded  entitlements  and  result  in  a  large  part  of  a  state's  budget 
becoming  uncontrollable; 

•  entitlement  and  nonentitlement  spending  continues  to  grow  even  after  a  fiscal  crisis 
arises. 

When  cutback  management  strategies  appear  as  solutions  to  potentially  major  fiscal 
problems,  budget  staffs  must  be  prepared  to  argue  for  a  more  aggressive  approach  to 
avert  a  likely  hemorrhage.  Although  cutback  advocates  have  recognized  the  problem, 
they  are  only  forestalling  tough  decisions,  making  the  longer-term  choices  more  diffi- 
cult. Administrative  savings  will  not  pay  for  the  above-median  growth  rate  of  programs. 

The  premise  supporting  the  matrix  is  that  the  ability  to  foresee  severe  budgetary 
stress  comes  from  watching  political  behavior  and  understanding  past  political  decision- 
sem-bedded  in  the  budget.  In  Rhode  Island,  incremental  growth  continued  for  some 
programs  and  agencies  throughout  the  crisis  because  they  are  in  the  entitlement  classifi- 
cation and  therefore  high  on  the  political  agenda.  Budget  controllability  shrinks  in  pro- 
portion to  the  growth  of  these  Big  Winner  and  Sprinter  categories.  The  Steady  Plodders, 
like  the  proverbial  tortoise,  move  onward  almost  unnoticed.  Decrements  appeared  for  a 
few  entitlements,  but  were  felt  mostly  by  nonentitlement  programs.  Decrements,  almost 
inevitably,  are  felt  by  relatively  low-spending,  labor-intensive,  less-visible,  general  oper- 
ations of  government  —  the  Big  Losers.  Programs  with  a  separate  revenue-raising 
capacity  may  find  their  state  appropriation  cut.  Spending  as  a  percentage  of  the  total 
shifts  from  nonentitlement  to  entitlement  programs,  further  increasing  the  potential  un- 
controllability  of  state  spending. 

Our  matrix  ought  to  be  viewed  as  a  guide,  one  that  can  change  just  as  politics  can 
shift.  Budget  staffs  ought  to  track  regularly  which  programs  are  Big  Winners,  Sprint- 
ers, Steady  Plodders,  and  Big  Losers.  Programs  fall  in  and  out  of  crisis,  become  more 
stable  or  institutionalized,  acquire  advocates,  and  lose  their  visibility.  Consequently  a 
program  can,  over  time,  shift  from  one  cell  to  another.  The  matrix  is  a  useful  tool  for 
assessing  the  overall  composition  of  those  changes,  namely,  to  determine  the  degree  to 
which  a  budget  becomes  uncontrollable.  Because  each  state  is  unique,  some  time  will 
have  to  be  spent  developing  those  characteristics  which  address  a  state's  own  political 
environment. 

Undoubtedly,  budget  choices  are  difficult  and  complex.  There  is  little  incentive  for 
legislators  to  cut  services  or  raise  taxes.  Our  general  conclusion  is  not  revolutionary. 


81 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


It  takes  political  will  to  bring  spending  under  control,  and  that  appears  only  after  all  cut- 
back strategies  have  been  exhausted.  Legislators  cannot  wave  a  magic  wand,  nor  can 
their  budget  staffs  "click"  with  a  computer  mouse  to  make  these  "revolting  develop- 
ments" disappear.  & 


Notes 

1.  See  Aaron  Wildavsky,  The  New  Politics  of  the  Budgetary  Process,  2d  ed.  (Chicago:  Scott- 
Foresman,  1992),  Chapters  7,  8;  Dan  Cothran,  "Some  Sources  of  Budgetary  Uncontrol- 
lability,"  Public  Budgeting  and  Finance  6  (Summer  1986):  45-62;  Lance  LeLoup,  "Dis- 
cretion in  National  Budgeting:  Controlling  the  Uncontrollables,"  Policy  Analysis  4 

(Fall  1978):  455-475. 

2.  For  a  comprehensive  discussion  of  this  issue,  see  Allen  Schick,  "Incremental  Budgeting 
in  a  Decremental  Age,"  in  Albert  C.  Hyde,  ed.,  Government  Budgeting,  2d  ed.  (Pacific 
Grove,  Calif.:  Brooks-Cole,  1992),  410-425. 

3.  See  Aaron  Wildavsky,  The  Politics  of  the  Budgetary  Process  (Boston:  Little,  Brown,  1964), 
15;  M.  A.  H.  Dempster  and  Aaron  Wildavsky,  "On  Change:  Or,  There  Is  No  Magic  Size  for 
an  Increment,"  Political  Studies  27  (1979):  375;  and  Irene  Rubin,  The  Politics  of  Public 
Budgeting,  2d  ed.  (Chatham,  N.J.:  Chatham  House  Publishers,  1993),  114-115. 

4.  See  Andrew  Glassberg,  "Organizational  Responses  to  Municipal  Budget  Decreases," 
Public  Administration  Review  (July-August  1978):  325-332,  and  Robert  D.  Behn,  "Closing 
a  Government  Facility,"  Public  Administration  Review  (July-August  1978):  332-338. 

5.  Any  upward  adjustment  in  the  federal  income  tax  rate  is  a  mixed  blessing.  It  helps  the 
revenue  side  of  the  budget  without  any  state  legislative  effort.  However,  an  increased 
burden  is  placed  on  the  state  taxpayer.  Indexing  eliminates  bracket  creep  at  the  state 
level. 

6.  For  more  on  revenue-estimating  conferences,  see  Tony  Hutchinson,  "The  Good,  the  Bad 
and  the  Uncertain  in  Revenue  Projections,"  State  Legislatures,  March  1991,  22-24. 

7.  See  Bernard  Jump,  "Public  Employment,  Collective  Bargaining  and  Employee  Wages  and 
Pensions,"  in  John  Peterson  and  Catherine  Lavigne  Spain,  eds.,  Essays  in  Public  Finance 
and  Financial  Management  (Chatham,  N.J.:  Chatham  House  Publishers,  1980),  74-85. 

8.  The  measures  presented  here  were  developed  from  the  following  sources:  John  Kingdon, 
Agendas,  Alternatives  and  Public  Policies  (Boston:  Little  Brown,  1984),  and  Roger  W. 
Cobb  and  Charles  D.  Elder,  Participation  in  American  Politics:  The  Dynamics  of  Agenda 
Building  (Baltimore:  Johns  Hopkins  University  Press,  1972).  A  program  was  considered 
high  on  the  political  agenda  if  it  received  sustained  broadcast  or  print  media  coverage, 
the  latter  measured  by  bulging  legislative  clipping  files  in  a  state  budget  office;  was  a 
program  in  crisis;  was  a  program  subject  to  judicial  mandates;  or  was  a  highly  visible 
goal  of  a  governor  or  legislative  leadership  as  outlined  in  a  gubernatorial  budget  mes 
sage,  state  of  the  state  address,  or  executive-legislative  enactment. 

9.  Advocacy  was  considered  high  if  one  of  three  sets  of  political  elites  sustained  active  inter 
est  over  five  years:  prominent  elected  officials  such  as  a  governor  or   party  leaders;  politi 
cally  appointed,  long-tenured  career  government  bureaucrats;  or  organized  pressure 
groups  such  as  client  advocates  and  government  "watchdogs." 

10.  Recently,  a  state  superior  court  ruled  that  the  Rhode  Island  educational  reimbursement 
formula  is  in  violation  of  the  state  constitution.  The  decision  has  been  appealed  to  the 
state  supreme  court. 

82 


Implementing  A  Comparison 

Retrenchment  of  State 

Strategies  Governments 

and  Public 
Higher  Education 

Marvin  Druker 
Bettv  Robinson 


The  authors  present  a  comparative  analysis  of  the  processes  and  strategies  by  which 
public  organizations  implement  retrenchment  in  the  face  of  continued  budget  shortfalls. 
The  focus  is  on  the  governments  of  the  fifty  United  States  and  public  institutions  of 
higher  education  in  the  nine  states  of  the  Northeast.  Special  consideration  is  given  to 
the  programs  that  have  been  tried,  sources  of  ideas  for  the  strategies  adopted,  and  con- 
straints that  institutions  face  when  dealing  with  financial  crises.  While  similarities  were 
found  for  state  governments  and  colleges  and  universities  in  use  of  past  strategies  and 
short-term  fixes,  differences  were  found  in  the  sources  of  ideas  and  the  implementation 
of  plans  affecting  employees.  The  research  suggests  that  these  differences  may  be  attrib- 
uted to  the  differences  in  organizational  culture. 


The  dominant  issue  for  public  administrators  in  recent  years  has  been  responding  to 
the  consequences  of  budget  shortfalls.  This  period  of  financial  difficulty  has  led 
some  to  refer  to  the  1990s  as  the  decade  of  red  ink.  Each  year  administrators  face  un- 
certainty about  the  level  of  funding  cuts  in  their  departments  and  what  their  response 
might  be.  As  a  result,  public  administrators  have  had  to  consider  how  to  cut  back  and 
the  potential  effects  on  service  delivery. 


Current  Issues  in  Public-sector  Retrenchment 


We  compare  cutback  strategies  and  decision-making  processes  in  two  major  public  in- 
stitutions, state  governments  and  public  colleges  and  universities.  By  looking  at  var- 
ious public  institutions,  we  gain  insight  into  the  similarities  and  differences  in  the  way 
organizations  respond  to  an  environment  of  economic  decline.  Of  particular  interest 
are  the  following  issues:  (1)  Are  public  organizations  responding  with  short-term  cut- 
back policies  or  more  permanent  restructuring?  (2)  Are  they  adopting  more  participative 
processes  in  developing  cutback  strategies? 

The  greatest  challenge  to  public  institutions  is  how  to  balance  repeated  demands  for 
cuts  and  provide  services  at  current  or,  in  many  cases,  higher  levels.  Both  institutions  of 
public  higher  education  and  state  governments  face  this  challenge.  The  unemployed  and 

Marvin  Druker,  associate  professor  of  management  and  organizational  studies,  Lewiston-Auburn  College, 
University  of  Southern  Maine,  specializes  in  public  policy  and  management.  Betty  Robinson,  associate 
professor  of  management  and  organizational  studies,  Lewiston-Auburn  College,  University  of  Southern  Maine, 
specializes  in  social  policy  and  employee  relations. 

83 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


those  whose  economic  security  is  threatened  seek  government  programs  and  services  to 
help  them  through  their  crises. 

In  public  higher  education,  too,  student  demand  for  educational  programs  and  ser- 
vices may  also  increase  during  periods  of  recession  owing  to  dislocation,  unemploy- 
ment, and  reduced  job  opportunities.  This  occurs  at  the  same  time  that  state  funding, 
often  the  largest  single  source  of  program  income,  is  shrinking.  Thus,  for  both  institu- 
tions, the  demand  for  basic  services  increases. 

Most  government  units  approach  the  shrinking  resource  dilemma  with  some  variation 
of  incremental  decision  making,  which  in  this  case  has  also  been  referred  to  as  downsiz- 
ing.1 This  approach  attempts  to  balance  resources  with  providing  services  to  minimize 
changes  for  recipients.  Generally,  states  mandate  that  service  levels  remain  much  the 
same  as  before  the  occurrence  of  the  budget  shortfalls.  Organizations  strive  to  deliver 
the  same  services  despite  the  reductions.  Typical  downsizing  administrative  actions  in- 
clude across-the-board  cuts,  freezing  vacancies,  furloughs,  and  other  mechanisms  that 
administrators  hope  will  position  the  organization,  when  better  economic  times  arrive,  to 
return  to  the  status  quo  ante.  If  there  is,  in  fact,  a  decline  in  services,  they  expect  that  the 
cuts  will  be  temporary  and  that  when  funding  levels  rise,  they  can  again  deliver  service 
at  prior  levels  without  formally  acknowledging  the  interim  reductions.  Given  the  length 
of  the  early  1990s  economic  decline  and  the  increased  pressure  for  public  services,  this 
approach  presents  some  long-range  problems. 

A  longer-term  and  permanent  strategic  approach  to  budget  cuts  is  referred  to  as  right- 
sizing,  or  restructuring.  This  may  mean  the  deliberate  redefining  of  the  mission  of  an 
agency,  department,  or  institution  and  involves  the  recognition  that  less  will  be  done 
with  fewer  people  or  that  different  measures  will  be  taken.  Organizational  structures 
also  flatten  to  increase  the  ratio  of  direct  service  or  on-line  employees  to  administrators 
and  managers.2 

Those  who  advocate  a  restructuring  policy  suggest  that  the  services  provided  be 
ranked  on  the  basis  of  their  importance  and  value  and  that  resources  be  reallocated 
strategically  according  to  their  ranking.  The  restructuring  process  involves  money's  be- 
ing shifted  to  high-priority  items,  consolidating  agencies,  flattening  management  tiers, 
compacting  programs,  and  dropping  services.  Such  changes  tend  to  be  permanent.3 

A  central  concern  as  these  changes  occur  is  retention  of  trained  and  motivated  staff 
who  continue  to  serve  in  public  administrative  positions.  They  have  the  responsibil- 
ity for  continuing  to  provide  services  in  the  new  environment,  and  it  is  important  that 
they  play  a  role  in  helping  to  determine  the  new  order. 

A  strategy  of  adopting  more  participative  processes  in  the  public  workplace  is  also 
suggested  by  increased  workforce  diversity  and  the  increase  in  education  levels  of 
new  workers  combined  with  the  movement  in  private-sector  employment  toward  devel- 
oping a  more  democratic  workplace.  A  growing  body  of  research  suggests  that  em- 
ployee involvement  in  cutback  strategy  development,  in  particular,  can  mitigate  against 
many  of  the  expected  negative  side  effects  (lowered  morale  and  productivity)  of  down- 
sizing.4 


Public  Sector  Responses  to  Cutbacks 


A  number  of  studies  on  reactions  of  local  and  state  governments  to  budget  cuts  in  previ- 
ous recessions  generally  indicate  greater  reliance  on  short-term  downsizing  alternatives.5 
Most  state  and  local  governments  have  historically  responded  with  incremental  and 


84 


short-run  changes,  including  fairly  common  standard  operating  procedures  such  as  en- 
acting hiring  freezes,  layoffs,  cutbacks  on  overtime,  wage  freezes,  and  postponing 
employee  raises.  More  recent  studies  indicate  that,  for  the  most  part,  short-term  or 
downsizing  responses  continue  to  prevail  as  a  reaction  to  more  current  budget  shortfalls.6 

However,  there  is  growing  interest  in  developing  new  strategies  to  respond  to  re- 
trenchment needs.  Some  of  the  interest  derives  from  models  used  in  the  private  sector, 
where  more  time  has  been  devoted  to  dealing  with  reduced  resources.  These  models 
tend  to  encourage  innovative  techniques  to  reduce  the  impact  of  cuts  for  the  long 
term  and  better  enable  public  institutions  to  retain  trained,  experienced  employees  who 
represent  the  workforce  of  the  future.7 

Reductions  in  resources  pose  severe  threats  to  organizations,  and  research  has  de- 
scribed a  variety  of  negative  responses  that  are  likely  to  occur.  One  summary,  in  fact, 
indicated  that  when  organizations  face  serious  financial  cuts,  administrators  tend  to  be- 
come rigid  in  their  policies  —  for  example,  they  may  adopt  policies  that  make  the  orga- 
nization more  centralized,  conservative,  protective,  inflexible,  and  nonadaptable.  The 
administrative  cutback  tactics  associated  with  such  behavior  are  usually  short  term  and 
based  on  a  crisis  mentality  that  results  in  the  dysfunctional  behavior  of  organizations.8 

Problems  created  by  decline  for  organizations  also  signal  obstacles  for  the  individu- 
als who  make  up  the  organizations.  Problematic  behaviors  cited  in  the  literature  include 
increased  conflict,  secrecy,  ambiguity,  self-protective  behavior,  and  turnover,  together 
with  decreases  in  morale,  innovativeness,  participation,  and  long-term  planning.9 


Comparing  State  Governments  with  Public  Colleges  and  Universities 

Although  their  missions  may  be  perceived  as  different,  public  colleges  and  universities 
are  part  of  state  government.  Indeed,  some  writers  have  noted  that  "higher  education 
is  primarily  a  state  level  governmental  function"  and  that  state-level  policymaking  activ- 
ity involving  higher  education  has  been  increasing  through  appointments  and  budgetary 
controls.  It  is  further  noted  that  higher  education  has  developed  as  a  distinct  policy 
arena  in  the  states,  meaning  that  its  functions  are  seen  as  separate  from  the  rest  of  the 
state  educational  system  and  that  it  has  its  own  constituency  of  advocates.10 

There  are  both  similarities  and  differences  in  the  contexts  in  which  state  governments 
and  public  institutions  of  higher  learning  operate.  Their  general  structures  and  functions 
have  been  stated  in  law  or  constitutional  language;  they  are  accountable  to  the  public  or 
the  public's  representatives;  they  are  made  up  of  personnel  represented  by  collective- 
bargaining  agents  and  governed  by  collective-bargaining  agreements;11  personnel  deci- 
sions are  constrained  by  rules  and  hierarchical  arrangements  in  the  form  of  civil  service 
rules  and  tenure;  both  must  deal  with  budget  cuts;  and  most  important  in  this  context, 
both  depend  on  public  revenues  for  their  ongoing  programs. 

These  institutions  also  demonstrate  differences.  Colleges  and  universities  derive  in- 
come from  sources  other  than  public  revenues  —  fees,  tuition,  auxiliary  services,  en- 
dowments, private  fund-raising  —  which  help  make  up  a  considerable  portion  of  total 
revenues.  The  university's  administrative  structure  is  unique  in  emphasizing  the  decen- 
tralization of  authority  through  colleges  and  departments. 

A  number  of  studies  discuss  the  contradictory  organizational  pressures  that  higher 
education  faces.  Peter  Blau  characterized  them  as  conflicts  between  bureaucratic  ad- 
ministrative imperatives  and  the  flexible,  decentralized  decision-making  process  re- 
quired by  professional  scholarship.12  Other  writers  also  note  the  tensions  between 


85 


Atew  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


bureaucratic  or  business  imperatives  with  the  traditional  culture  of  higher  education, 
which  includes  collegial  relationships.13 

These  similarities  and  differences  provide  context  to  compare  processes  and  strate- 
gies for  dealing  with  budget  cuts.  Irene  Rubin  concluded,  in  her  late  1970  survey  com- 
paring case  studies  of  local  governments  and  public  universities,  that  all  organizations 
undergoing  cutbacks  had  to  secure  budgetary  flexibility  in  order  to  allow  management 
"enough  top-down  authority  to  make  cuts  or  to  reallocate."14  She  noted  that  differences 
in  the  way  each  set  of  organizations  responded  were  largely  related  to  the  degree  of 
independence  or  "autonomy  over  resources"  that  each  had.  Interestingly,  at  the  time  of 
her  study  she  found  that  universities  (all  in  one  state)  had  less  autonomy  over  their 
resources  than  local  governments.15  Rubin's  work  also  predates  more  recent  managerial 
interest  in  modifications  to  "top-down"  organizational  policymaking  processes. 


Methodology 

Our  analysis  is  based  on  two  separate  studies,  completed  in  1991  and  1992.  The  first,  a 
survey  of  the  states,  involved  an  instrument  sent  to  the  fifty  state  human  resource  and 
fifty  state  budget  offices  which  asked  them  to  respond  to  questions  about  their  state's 
financial  situation  and  their  strategies  for  dealing  with  possible  or  actual  budget  short- 
falls, especially  in  regard  to  state  employees.  We  received  responses  from  forty-seven 
states. 

Our  second  study,  based  on  a  survey  of  public  colleges  and  universities,  involved 
sending  questionnaires  to  the  offices  of  the  presidents  of  the  101  schools  in  the  nine 
northeastern  states,  to  which  we  received  70  responses.  They  were  completed  by  presi- 
dents, vice  presidents  for  finance,  administration,  or  academic  affairs,  and  offices  of 
administrative  research.  The  survey  dealt  with  decision-making  processes  and  responses 
to  having  to  make  cutbacks. 


State  Responses  to  Budget  Shortfalls 

The  financial  difficulties  confronting  state  governments  in  the  United  States  continues. 
A  1992  report  of  the  National  Governors  Association  said  that  "states'  finances  are 
still  in  turmoil  as  a  result  of  the  nation's  weak  economy."16  Thirty-one  states  reported 
that  their  revenue  collections  for  fiscal  year  1992  fell  short  of  their  estimates.  States 
indicate  that  the  financial  situation  is  bleak  and  that  a  turnaround  does  not  appear  to  be 
imminent.  Increasing  costs  in  areas  such  as  Medicaid  and  overcrowded  prisons  require 
additional  spending  while  revenue  is  flat  or  declining.  Economic  growth  has  tended  to 
be  in  the  service  industries,  which  are  taxed  at  a  lower  rate  than  manufacturing.17 

Our  review  of  studies  of  state  government  indicated  multiple  responses  to  the  crisis. 
States  responded  to  the  financial  shortfall  with  a  combination  of  tax  increases,  program 
cuts,  restructuring  of  state  administration,  "passing  the  buck"  to  local  units  of  govern- 
ment, and  reducing  state  employment.18 

The  latest  version  of  the  "Fiscal  Survey  of  States"  reported  that  the  short-term  or 
incremental  moves  of  consolidating  agencies,  freezing  spending  or  hiring,  and  delaying 
payments  has  not  produced  enough  savings.  States  resorted  to  eliminating  or  cutting 
specific  programs  such  as  general  assistance.  Also,  the  number  of  people  working  for 
state  governments  was  expected  to  decline  by  2  percent  by  the  end  of  1993.  One-third 
of  the  states  planned  no  pay  increase  to  employees,  and  eighteen  states  changed  em- 


86 


ployee  benefits  in  various  ways,  including  shifting  costs  for  health  insurance  to  their 
employees.19 


College  and  University  Responses  to  Budget  Shortfalls 

Revenue  cuts  to  public  colleges  and  universities  continue  to  increase.  The  American 
Association  of  State  Colleges  and  Universities  reported  that  as  of  the  beginning  of  fis- 
cal year  1992,  there  was  "an  overall  aggregate  reduction  in  state  dollar  support"  and 
a  reduction  in  the  proportion  of  state  general  revenue  funds  allotted  to  higher  educa- 
tion. Specifically,  twenty-eight  states  anticipated  additional  midyear  cuts  in  fiscal  year 
1992  and  seven  reported  that  cuts  to  higher  education  were  greater  than  cuts  to  the  over- 
all state  budget.20 

Many  see  this  as  a  permanent  structural  reduction  in  state  financing  of  public  higher 
education,  which  is  accompanied  by  an  ominous  shift  from  regarding  state  spending  on 
higher  education  as  an  obligation  to  a  "discretionary"  part  of  the  budget.21  Richard 
Rosser,  president  of  the  National  Association  of  Independent  Colleges  and  Universities, 
has  said,  "I  think  we're  into  a  decade  now  that  will  be  tougher  than  any  we've  had  since 
the  1930s."22  The  American  Council  on  Education's  annual  survey,  "Campus  Trends, 
1990,"  found  that  issues  of  adequate  financial  support  outweighed  all  other  problems.23 

The  American  Association  of  State  Colleges  and  Universities  summarized  higher 
education  budgets  for  1992,  finding  that  changes  for  the  nine  northeastern  states  ranged 
from  an  18  percent  budget  cut  in  Connecticut  to  an  expected  6.9  percent  increase  in 
Pennsylvania.  The  average  for  the  nine  states  was  a  cut  of  1.74  percent,  with  five  of  the 
states  having  experienced  midyear  cuts  and  four  anticipating  more  midyear  cuts  for  the 
1992  fiscal  year.24 

As  with  their  counterparts  in  state  government,  college  and  university  administrators 
have  responded  in  a  variety  of  ways  to  resource  cuts.  For  example,  the  Rhode  Island 
system  reacted  with  10  percent  salary  reductions  that  are  accrued  as  paid  leave;  this 
resulted  in  no  layoffs  for  the  period  through  FY  1992.25  Other  states  have  used  layoffs. 
The  University  of  Minnesota  cut  400  to  500  jobs;  San  Diego  State  University  cut  550 
positions;  the  University  of  Georgia  was  planning  to  eliminate  784  jobs  with  227  lay- 
offs.26 The  University  of  Missouri  in  pushing  early-retirement  programs  hoped  to 
save  about  $12  million  a  year  in  payroll  costs.27  The  State  University  of  New  York 
announced  postponing  repairs  and  building  maintenance,  curtailing  purchasing,  and  in- 
creasing student  fees  for  such  programs  as  health  care  and  transportation.28 

There  is  also  anecdotal  evidence  to  indicate  that  some  schools  are  using  more  basic 
restructuring  techniques  involving  the  rethinking  and  repositioning  of  their  institutions. 
Washington  University  in  St.  Louis  phased  out  its  Department  of  Sociology  and  School 
of  Dentistry.  Glassboro  State  in  New  Jersey  planned  to  eliminate  its  majors  in  dance, 
speech,  French,  and  industrial  technology.  Legislative  pressure  in  some  states  may  lead 
to  situations  where  faculty  do  less  research  and  teach  more  classes.  Other  outcomes  in- 
clude fewer  classes  available  for  students  and  increasing  the  size  of  the  classes 
retained.29 

The  Council  for  Advancement  and  Support  of  Education  published  a  paper  on  lay- 
offs, suggesting  several  approaches  that  have  proved  to  be  successful  responses  to  cuts. 
These  include  involving  as  many  people  as  possible  in  the  decision-making  process; 
providing  adequate  information  for  everyone  concerned;  remaining  open,  accessible, 
and  responsive  to  inquiries;  and  creating  an  "internal  labor  market"  to  allow  dismissed 


87 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


workers  to  receive  preferential  consideration  for  jobs  that  open  up.30 

Another  catalogue  of  do's  and  don'ts  about  appropriate  behavior  for  institutions  of 
higher  learning  suggests  considering  mission  before  retrenchment;  considering  future 
growth  when  retrenching;  putting  more  emphasis  on  decreasing  expenses  as  more  pre- 
dictable than  relying  on  increasing  revenues;  minimizing  across-the-board  reductions 
because  they  are  insensitive  to  real  needs  and  inappropriately  treat  effective  and  efficient 
programs  the  same  as  the  ineffective  and  inefficient;  and  making  issues  of  quality  as 
important  in  retrenchment  as  issues  of  revenue  and  cost.31 

One  of  the  leading  students  of  cutbacks  in  higher  education  suggests  that  models 
derived  from  other  settings  may  not  apply  in  the  unique  environment  of  universities. 
Cynthia  Hardy  believes  that  the  particular  constraints  and  limits  on  decisions  in  higher 
education  make  it  impossible  to  use  exact  strategies  from  the  private  sector.  In  fact,  she 
suggests  that  uniqueness  might  be  so  extreme  even  within  schools  that  the  cutback 
strategies  may  have  to  vary  not  only  from  the  private  or  other  public-sector  organiza- 
tions, but  from  one  institution  to  another.32 


Comparison  of  Responses 


Kim  Cameron  and  Mary  Tschirhart  argue  that  "every  framework  linking  organizations 
to  the  environment  takes  into  account  management  strategy  as  the  central  variable,  and 
most  count  decision  processes  as  being  extremely  crucial  as  well."  They  go  on  to  define 
strategies  as  referring  to  the  "pattern  of  decisions  and  activities  that  allocate  the  organi- 
zation's resources  in  an  environment  of  demands,  constraints,  and  opportunities." 
Decision  processes  they  regard  as  "internally  focused  patterns  that  relate  to  the  informa- 
tion gathering,  analysis,  and  choice  activities  of  managers  inside  the  enterprise."33 

Using  these  definitions  in  the  next  three  sections,  we  compare  the  results  of  our  two 
studies  across  organizations  to  look  for  insights  into  how  public  institutions  have  re- 
acted in  an  environment  of  revenue  decline. 

Cutback  Strategies 

Thirty-seven  states,  or  79  percent,  reported  that  they  were  involved  in  some  form  of 
budget  cutting,  while  ten  states  indicated  they  were  not.  At  the  same  time  68  out  of  70, 
or  97  percent  of  the  colleges  and  universities  which  responded  to  our  survey,  indicated 
that  they  were  forced  to  cut  their  budgets. 

We  asked  in  both  surveys  what  strategies  entailing  the  personnel  budget  had  been 
implemented  to  deal  with  shortfalls.  Table  1  presents  the  responses  from  the  states  and 
the  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

The  data  point  to  both  types  of  institutions'  using  fairly  standard  responses  such  as 
freezing  vacancies  and  urging  people  to  retire.  This  last  incentive  was  more  pronounced 
for  colleges  and  universities,  perhaps  reflecting  the  need  to  emphasize  retirement  be- 
cause other  options  were  not  possible  or  were  less  easily  implemented  without  eliminat- 
ing classes  in  direct  and  politically  unacceptable  fashion. 

The  nature  of  the  work  of  institutions  of  higher  learning  makes  some  state  options 
more  difficult,  if  not  impossible.  None  reported  shutdowns,  for  example,  because  once 
tuition  and  fees  have  been  collected,  it  is  again  politically  unacceptable  to  terminate 
classes  or  student  services  for  short  periods  of  time.  The  same  might  be  said  about  in- 
troducing the  option  of  reduced  hours  for  employees.  Particularly  in  the  case  of  faculty, 
layoffs,  furlough  days,  and  reduced  hours  are  problematic  owing  to  tenure  systems, 


88 


Table  1 


Strategies  to  Deal  with  Cutbacks 


States 


Northeastern  Public  Colleges 
and  Universities 


Academic 

Nonacademic 

Reducing  the  Number  of  Employees 

Freeze  on  filling  vacancies 

72% 

79% 

80% 

Retirement  incentives 

38% 

60% 

54% 

Voluntary  programs 

32% 

10% 

26% 

Furloughs 

26% 

— 

11% 

Reduced  hours 

21% 

— 

— 

Layoffs 

28% 

10% 

39% 

Reducing  the  Costs  of  Employees 

Deferred  pay  increases 

38% 

24% 

30% 

Cuts  in  benefits 

13% 

6% 

7% 

Shutdowns 

6% 

— 

Pay  cuts 

4% 

7% 

13% 

Lag  payrolls 

4% 

— 

— 

Reorganization  of  workforce 

15% 

13% 

7% 

N  =  47 

N  =  70 

the  need  to  offer  particular  classes,  and  professional  flexibility  of  work  schedules  that 
makes  a  provision  for  reduced  work  hours  meaningless. 

The  fact  that  colleges  and  universities  have  dual  sets  of  employees  (professional  and 
support  staff  working  regular  hours  and  faculty  working  irregular  hours)  is  reflected  in 
the  responses  regarding  furloughs  and  the  use  of  voluntary  programs  such  as  job  shar- 
ing, short-term  or  extended  leaves,  and  sporadic  leaves.  For  nonacademic  personnel, 
voluntary  programs  were  used  in  26  percent  of  the  cases,  but  only  seven,  10  percent, 
were  able  to  implement  this  program  for  faculty  who  work  during  academic  calendar 
years  and  for  whom  such  options  might  be  difficult  to  implement.  However,  even  with 
nonacademic  personnel,  colleges  and  universities  in  our  study  tended  to  rely  proportion- 
ately more  on  the  most  traditional  strategies  of  vacancy  freezing,  retirement,  and  lay- 
offs. State  governments  were  more  often  willing  to  use  voluntary  programs,  furloughs, 
reduced  hours,  and  deferred  pay  increases. 

Deferred  pay  increases  were  employed  more  often  by  the  states,  with  38  percent 
using  this  alternative  versus  24  percent  for  academic  and  30  percent  for  nonacademic 
personnel  in  colleges  and  universities.  Although  the  total  percentages  are  small,  states 
were  more  apt  to  use  benefit  cuts  and  less  likely  to  use  pay  cuts  than  higher  educational 
institutions.  Finally,  workforce  reorganization  was  used  more  by  states,  although  the 
percentages  are  quite  close  when  just  academic  and  state  government  personnel  are  co- 
pared. 

We  find  the  fewest  number  of  options  employed  in  the  area  of  academic  personnel. 
As  outlined  above,  this  result  is  partially  explained  by  the  nature  of  faculty  work. 


89 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


However,  we  find  it  notable  that  few  colleges  or  universities  reported  programs  to  en- 
courage faculty  members,  both  tenured  and  untenured,  to  take  unpaid  but  benefited 
leaves  of  absence.  This  type  of  option,  employed  to  a  limited  degree  by  state  govern- 
ments, is  a  particularly  good  match  for  the  structure  of  professorial  work  where  there  is 
already  a  tradition  of  paid  sabbatical  leaves  for  tenured  faculty. 

One  possible  explanation  for  lack  of  interest  in  this  option,  as  with  several  of  the 
others,  is  that  reducing  faculty  may  mean  reducing  class  sections  that  generate  needed 
income.  Another  reason  may  be  fear  of  permanently  losing  the  best  faculty.  However, 
a  more  plausible  possibility  is  that  traditional  norms  involving  criteria  for  tenure  and 
promotion  do  not  credit  faculty  for  work  experience  outside  traditional  academic  teach- 
ing and  publishing,  leading  to  faculty's  reluctance  to  take  unpaid  leave  from  a  university 
job  to  work  outside  the  academy. 

For  nonacademic  personnel,  almost  the  same  proportion  of  institutions,  26  percent, 
as  states,  32  percent,  offered  voluntary  programs.  A  smaller  number  of  academic  institu- 
tions, 1 1  percent,  than  states,  26  percent,  offered  furloughs.  These  examples  indicate  the 
different  strategies  available  to  colleges  and  universities,  depending  on  the  nature  of 
their  personnel. 

We  were  able  to  secure  information  from  our  survey  of  colleges  and  universities 
about  other  options  that  these  institutions  pursued  to  realize  savings  or  increased 
revenues.  Nonpersonnel  cuts  included  the  following:  90  percent  of  the  schools  indicated 
that  they  had  cut  equipment,  80  percent  had  reduced  travel,  60  percent  had  cut  library 
budgets,  and  34  percent  had  developed  outsourcing  contracts  with  private  firms  to 
supply  services.  At  the  same  time,  91  percent  of  the  institutions  reported  raising  tuition, 
73  percent  raised  fees,  69  percent  increased  class  sizes,  and  67  percent  were  increasing 
development  activities.  This  reflects  continuing  efforts  to  both  decrease  costs  and  raise 
revenues  by  a  variety  of  means. 


Sources  of  Ideas 

A  crucial  question  regarding  the  process  of  retrenchment  strategy  development  concerns 
the  origin  of  the  ideas.  Their  sources  provide  an  indicator  of  the  openness  of  the  process 
and  whether  the  organization  seriously  seeks  additional  and  possibly  innovative  ways  of 
responding.  Our  surveys  asked  states  and  higher  educational  institutions  where  they 
found  ideas  for  their  strategies  to  deal  with  cutbacks.  (See  Table  2.) 

While  both  state  governments  and  higher  educational  institutions  reported  in  similar 
proportions  (72%  and  73%,  respectively)  that  they  used  methods  they  had  previously 
employed  as  the  primary  source  of  cutback  options,  we  find  some  interesting  differ- 
ences in  their  approach  to  other  sources.  The  roles  of  governors  and  university  presi- 
dents differ  in  a  number  of  ways.  However,  each  serves  as  the  chief  executive  officer  of 
an  institution.  In  state  government,  the  governor's  office  is  reported  as  the  source  of 
ideas  for  cutback  policy  in  only  15  percent  of  cases,  but  in  higher  education  the  presi- 
dent's office  is  reported  as  the  source  of  ideas  in  64  percent  of  cases.  The  governor's 
cabinet,  made  up  of  department  heads,  is  the  reported  source  in  51  percent.  Vice  presi- 
dents and  deans  are  equivalent  to  department  heads  in  academia,  but  they  are  the  report- 
ed source  of  cutback  ideas  in  only  7  percent  of  cases.  It  is  likely  that  the  differences 
here  reflect  the  disparities  in  the  roles  of  top  organizational  administrators  within  the 
two  types  of  institutions. 


90 


Table  2 


Reported  Sources  of  Ideas  for  Cutbacks 


Source  States  Northeastern  Public  Colleges 

and  Universities 


Methods  used  previously 

72% 

73% 

Department  heads 

51% 

— 

Legislative  initiatives 

40% 

— 

Other  states/colleges 

34% 

29% 

Executive  initiatives/president's  office 

15% 

64% 

Private  sector 

15% 

3% 

Private  sector  models 

15% 

3% 

Professional  associations 

and  publications 

13% 

13% 

Employees/staff 

13% 

— 

Budget  staff 

11% 

— 

University  senates 

— 

29% 

Ad  hoc  committees 

— 

33% 

Labor/management  committees 

— 

26% 

Collective  bargaining  agreement 

— 

24% 

University  system 

— 

26% 

N  =  47  N  =  70 

Perhaps  more  interesting  differences  are  seen  in  comparing  participation  of  line  em- 
ployees in  each  institution  in  generating  cutback  options  used  in  the  final  strategies 
implemented.  While  only  13  percent  of  states  named  employees  as  the  source  of  ideas, 
29  percent  of  colleges  and  universities  named  university  senates,  33  percent  cited  ad  hoc 
committees,  26  percent  labor  management,  and  24  percent  collective  bargaining.  Table  3 
contains  these  data. 

Table  3 

Comparisons  of  Sources  of  Cutback  Ideas 

States  Source  Colleges 


51% 

Department  heads 

—  Deans/vicepresidents 

07% 

34% 

Legislature 

—  University  system 

26% 

15% 

Governor 

—  University  president 

64% 

13% 

Employees 

—  Ad  hoc  committee 

33% 

—  Senate 

29% 

—  Labor/management 

26% 

—  Collective  bargaining  agreement     24% 


The  variations  are  probably  indications  of  both  the  different  organizational  structures 
and  cultures  of  the  two  types  of  public  institutions.  Bureaucratic  organizational  impera- 
tives, which  do  not  support  "from  the  ground  up"  policy  development,  are  historically 
more  powerful  forces  within  state  government.  In  academia,  even  in  the  public  sector, 
these  forces  compete  with  the  tradition  of  collegiality  and  professorial  participation  in 
governance.  The  majority  of  both  types  of  institutions  are  unionized,  but  while  state 


91 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


responses  to  other  survey  questions  acknowledged  unions  as  constraints  or  even  partici- 
pants to  some  degree  in  the  cutback  strategy  development  process,  none  of  them  credit- 
ed the  labor-management  process  as  the  source  of  implemented  ideas.  In  the  academic 
arena,  not  only  was  collective  bargaining  and  labor-management  activity  credited 
with  ideas  in  roughly  one-quarter  of  the  cases,  but  employee  input  was  acknowledged 
through  senates  (a  structure  not  found  in  state  governments)  in  29  percent  and  through 
ad  hoc  committees  (an  option  available  in  states)  in  33  percent  of  the  cases. 


Constraints  and  Criteria  for  Cutting  Back 


Another  area  of  concern  is  the  context  in  which  decisions  are  made.  Responses  to  pres- 
sures that  may  exist  in  the  external  environment  as  well  as  the  internal  environment  tell 
us  a  great  deal  about  the  values  and  politics  of  an  organization. 

Table  4  presents  responses  to  questions  about  the  perceived  constraints  that  adminis- 
trators felt  when  they  had  to  decide  how  to  cut  back.  In  the  domain  of  higher  education, 
there  was  much  more  sense  of  having  to  comply  with  union  contracts  (70%)  and  inter- 
nal constituency  pressures  (56%).  This  again  reflects  the  differences  in  organizational 
culture.  The  decentralized  nature  of  a  college  or  university  means  that  more  attention 
has  to  be  paid  to  the  constituents  within  the  institution,  including  the  service  recipients, 
students. 

An  almost  equal  number,  about  40  percent,  of  both  types  of  institutions  are  con- 
cerned with  compliance  to  mandates  and  feeling  the  restrictions  that  they  place  on  inter- 
nal decision  making. 


Table  4 


Constraints  on  Decision  Making 


Area  of  Constraint 


States 


Northeastern  Public  Colleges 
and  Universities 


Concern  for  service  level 

49% 

10% 

Need  to  comply  with  mandates 

40% 

41% 

Legislative  restrictions 

32% 

— 

Union  contracts 

30% 

70% 

Constituency  resistance 

— 

56% 

Civil  Service  rules 

30% 

— 

Court-ordered  restrictions 

23% 

— 

Affirmative  action 

— 

13% 

Alumni 

— 

14% 

Lack  of  data 

— 

21% 

N  =  47 

N  =  70 

Data  in  Table  4  show  more  state  (49%)  than  college  and  university  (10%)  concern 
about  maintaining  services  as  a  constraint  on  cuts.  While  we  asked  both  state  govern- 
ments and  colleges  and  universities  about  the  constraints  placed  on  their  decision  mak- 
ing, in  the  higher  education  survey  we  also  asked  about  the  criteria  used  for  cutbacks. 
As  outlined  in  Table  5,  student  demand,  reported  by  66  percent  of  respondents,  and 
quality  of  programs,  reported  by  74  percent,  indicated  a  high  concern  over  service  level, 
perhaps  reflecting  a  sense  within  academia  that  service,  as  the  core  mission,  is  not  con- 
sidered a  constraint. 


92 


Table  5 


Criteria  for  Cutback  Decisions 
Northeastern  Public  Colleges  and  Universities 


Centrality  to  mission  77% 

Quality  of  programs  74% 

Student  demand  66% 

Strategic  plan  56% 

Productivity  of  unit  47% 

Morale  and  motivation  43% 

Achieving  consensus  37% 

Public  reaction  30% 

N  =  70 


The  criteria  cited  exhibit  a  concern  —  by  about  three-quarters  of  the  respondents  — 
with  the  long-term  missions  of  the  institutions  and  the  attempt  to  maintain  the  quality  of 
programs.  Another  long-term  consideration  is  abiding  by  a  strategic  plan  a  school  might 
have  in  place.  More  immediate  concerns  are  shown  by  the  criteria  of  responding  to  stu- 
dent demand,  66  percent;  the  productivity  of  units  under  consideration  for  cuts,  47  per- 
cent; maintaining  morale,  43  percent;  achieving  consensus,  37  percent;  and  concern 
about  public  reaction,  30  percent. 

In  this  decade  of  red  ink,  institutions  are  operating  under  conditions  of  severe  stress. 
The  management  strategies  pursued  by  both  state  governments  and  state  institutions  of 
higher  education  display  a  number  of  similarities.  Our  findings  reveal  that  initially  both 
institutions  tend  to  react  conservatively,  using  tried  methods  such  as  freezing  vacancies 
to  minimize  potential  damage  to  personnel  and  to  services  for  constituencies.  Such  in- 
cremental decisions  following  standard  operating  procedures  are  relatively  easy  to  initi- 
ate and  result  in  the  least  amount  of  reverberation  within  an  organization.  These  proce- 
dures can  also  be  carried  out  without  extensively  damaging  existing  legal  obligations  or 
collective  bargaining  agreements. 

The  institutions  also  share  the  characteristic  of  pursuing  multiple  responses  to  finan- 
cial crisis.  No  single  effort  will  save  enough  money  or  increase  revenues  sufficiently  to 
solve  the  problem.  Therefore,  as  the  evidence  indicates,  these  public  organizations  have 
had  to  develop  strategies  that  include  many  different  programs  regarding  personnel  and 
infrastructure. 

However,  as  the  course  of  the  current  financial  difficulties  has  been  prolonged,  even 
more  difficult  decisions  have  had  to  be  made.  More  permanent  restructuring  or  rightsiz- 
ing  has  been  noted  to  some  extent  in  both  types  of  institutions.  Longer-term  decisions 
involving  the  elimination  of  positions  and  programs  have  emerged  in  our  studies  and  in 
other  research  on  both  states  and  higher  education. 

Some  differences  in  approach  appear  in  that  colleges  and  universities  have  pursued 
more  participative  processes  for  reaching  decisions  than  have  state  governments.  This 
reflects  what  we  have  noted  as  differences  in  organizational  cultures.  In  times  of  crises, 
familiar  patterns  of  decision  processes  are  followed  and  distinguish  organizations.  Aca- 
demic institutions  traditionally  have  had  more  decentralized  decision-making  processes 
and  promoted  collegial  working  relationships.  Cutback  decisions  are  also  constrained  by 

93 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 


the  nature  of  the  work  and  the  type  of  contracts  and  work  structures  that  exist  in  organi- 
zations. 

Our  research  identifies  the  range  of  responses  in  each  type  of  institution.  The  impli- 
cations of  short-term  cuts,  longer-term  restructuring,  and  the  nature  of  participation  sug- 
gest an  agenda  for  additional  research.  Further,  in-depth  case  studies  of  public  institu- 
tions selecting  different  responses  to  cuts  are  needed  to  evaluate  the  long-term  effects  of 
various  strategies.  Several  questions  could  usefully  be  pursued.  Can  state  governments, 
over  time,  find  methods  to  increase  employee  participation  in  cutback  processes  both  to 
maximize  ideas  for  cost  savings  and  to  mitigate  the  negative  effects  of  retrenchment  on 
morale,  productivity,  and  internal  political  loyalty  of  employees?  Can  unions  play  a  con- 
structive role  in  this  process?  Can  colleges  and  universities  maximize  the  use  of  partici- 
pative structures  within  the  academy  while  introducing  a  wider  array  of  more  innovative 
cutback  options  that  facilitate  the  restructuring  necessary  to  maintain  the  institution  in  a 
time  of  fiscal  crisis?  *•* 


Notes 

1.  Penelope  Lemov,  "Tailoring  Local  Government  to  the  1990s,"  Go verning,  July  1992, 
28-32. 

2.  Ibid. 

3.  Ibid. 

4.  See,  for  example,  Bureau  of  National  Affairs,  "Downsizing:  Creative  Approaches  to  Cor- 
porate Change"  (Washington,  D.C.:  Bureau  of  National  Affairs,  1991;  T.  A.  Kochon,  J.  P. 
MacDuffie,  and  P.  Osterma,  "Employment  Security  at  DEC:  Sustaining  Values  Amid 
Environmental  Change,"  Human  Resource  Management 27  (1988):  121-142;  Betty 
Robinson  and  Marvin  Druker,  "Innovative  Approaches  to  Downsizing:  The  Experience  in 
Maine,"  Employment  Relations  Today,  Spring  1991,  79-87. 

5.  Harold  Wolman,  "Local  Government  Strategies  to  Cope  with  Fiscal  Pressure,"  in  Fiscal 
Stress  and  Public  Policy,  edited  by  Charles  Levine  and  Irene  Rubin  (Beverly  Hills:  Sage 
Publications,  1980). 

6.  Denise  Rebovich,  "Fiscal  Stress  in  the  American  States,"  in  State  and  Local  Government 
Administration,  edited  by  J.  Rabin  and  D.  Dodd  (New  York:  Marcel  Dekker,  1985),  161-185. 

7.  J.  D.  Carney,  "Downsizing  Government:  Iowa's  Challenge,"  Journal  of  State  Government 
60  (1987):  183-190;  Robinson  and  Druker,  "Innovative  Approaches";  and  Kim  S.  Cameron 
and  Mary  Tschirhart,  "Postindustrial  Environments  and  Organizational  Effectiveness  in 
Colleges  and  Universities,"  Journal  of  Higher  Education  63,  no.  1  (1992):  87-108. 

8.  Cameron  and  Tschirhart,  "Postindustrial  Environments,"  87-108. 

9.  Kim  S.  Cameron,  David  Whetten,  Myung  Kim,  and  Ellen  Chaffee,  "The  Aftermath  of 
Decline,"  Review  of  Higher  Education  10,  no.  3  (1987):  215-234. 

10.  Madeleine  W.  Adler  and  Frederick  S.  Lane,  "Governors  and  Public  Policy  Leadership,"  in 
Governors  and  Higher  Education,  edited  by  Samuel  Gove  and  Thad  Beyle  (Urbana,  III.: 
Institute  cf  Government  and  Public  Affairs,  1988). 


94 


1 1 .  The  institutions  of  higher  education  in  our  study  of  the  Northeast  are  largely  organized 
for  purposes  of  collective  bargaining.  However,  many  public  colleges  and  universities  in 
the  South  and  Southwest  are  not. 

12.  Peter  M.  Blau,  The  Organization  of  Academic  Work  (New  York:  Wiley,  1973). 

13.  Cynthia  Hardy,  "Using  Content,  Context  and  Process  to  Manage  University  Cutbacks," 
Canadian  Journal  of  Higher  Education  17,  no.  1  (1987):  654-682;  Cynthia  Hardy,  "The 
Rational  Approach  to  Budget  Cuts:  One  University's  Experience,"  Higher  Education  17 
(1988):  151-173;  Cynthia  Hardy,  "Strategy  and  Context:  Retrenchment  in  Canadian 
Universities,"  Organizational  Studies  11,  no.  2  (1990):  207-237;  and  Cynthia  Hardy, 

"'Hard'  Decisions  and  Tough'  Choices:  The  Business  Approach  to  University  Decline," 
Higher  Education  20  (1990):  301-321. 

14.  Irene  Rubin,  "Retrenchment  and  Flexibility  in  Public  Organizations,"  in  Fiscal  Stress 
and  Public  Policy. 

15.  Ibid. 

16.  Robert  Pear,  "Governors  Report  Grim  Fiscal  Status,"  New  York  Times,  October,  29,  1992, 
sec.  A,  p.  19. 

17.  Ibid. 

18.  Marvin  Druker  and  Betty  Robinson,  "States'  Responses  to  Budget  Shortfalls:  Cutback 
Management  Techniques,"  in  Comparative  Public  Budgeting  and  Financial  Management, 
edited  by  Thomas  Lynch  and  Lawrence  Martin  (New  York:  Marcel  Dekker,  1992). 

19.  Pear,  "Governors  Report." 

20.  Robert  M.  Sweeney,  Report  of  the  States:  Annual  Budget  and  Fiscal  Survey  of  the 
AASCU  Council  of  State  Representatives  (Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  of 
State  Colleges  and  Universities,  Center  for  State  Higher  Education  Policy  and 
Finance,  1992). 

21.  Kit  Lively,  "Budget  Outlook  Prompts  Some  College  Leaders  to  Speak  Out  for  Higher  State 
Taxes,"  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education,  October  7,  1992,  sec.  A,  p.  22. 

22.  Anthony  DePalma,  "Bad  Times  Force  Universities  to  Rethink  What  They  Are,"  New  York 
Times,  February  3,  1992,  sec.  A,  p.  1,  sec.  B,  p.  9. 

23.  Kent  Chabotar  and  James  Honan,  "Coping  with  Retrenchment,"  Change  22,  no.  6  (1990): 
28-33. 

24.  Sweeney,  Report  of  the  States. 

25.  National  Association  of  College  and  University  Business  Officers,  "Pay  Reduction  Plan 
Creates  'Sea  of  Tranquility'  in  Rhode  Island's  Raging  Fiscal  Storm,"  NACUBO  Officer  25 
(1991):  1,  15. 

26.  Katherine  Mangan,  "More  Colleges  Resort  to  Faculty  and  Staff  Layoffs  in  Response  to 
Sluggish  U.S.  Economy,"  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education,  November  13,  1991,  37-38. 

27.  Denise  K.  Magner,  "Colleges  Debate  Benefits  of  Early-Retirement  Plans  as  a  Way  to 
Shrink  Budgets  and  Avoid  Layoffs,"  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education,  July  29,  1992,  sec.  A, 
pp.  11-12. 


95 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 

28.  Chabotar  and  Honan,  "Coping  with  Retrenchment." 

29.  DePalma,  "Bad  Times." 

30.  Karen  Grassmuck,  "Colleges  Discover  the  Human  Toll  as  They  Struggle  to  Cut  Work 
Forces,"  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education  37,  no.  43  (1991):  1,  25. 

31.  Chabotar  and  Honan,  "Coping  with  Retrenchment." 

32.  Hardy,  "Using  Content,  Context  and  Process." 

33.  Cameron  and  Tschirhart,  "Postindustrial  Environments." 


96 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 

Center  for  Policy  Analysis 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

285  Old  Westport  Road 

North  Dartmouth,  Massachusetts  02747-2300 


Please  enter  a  subscription  to  the  New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy  for 


□  New 


□    Renewal 


Institutional 


□    One  year,  $100  □    Two  years,  $180  □    Three  years,  $240 


Library 


□    One  year,  $40  □    Two  years,  $70  □    Three  years,  $90 


Individual 


□    One  year,  $20  □    Two  years,  $30  □    Three  years,  $42 


Payment  must  accompany  your  order.  Make  check  payable  to  New  England 
Journal  of  Public  Policy. 


(Please  print) 
Name 

Address 


City 


State 


Zip 


New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 
Guidelines  for  Contributors 

Please  adhere  to  the  following  guidelines  when  preparing  an  article  for  the  journal. 

1.  Length  of  article,  not  including  figures,  tables,  endnotes,  and  appendices,  should  be  approximately  24  to  40 
DOUBLE-SPACED  pages  of  300  words  per  page,  or  7,000  to  12,000  words. 

2.  Place  each  figure  and  table  on  a  separate  page,  indicating  where  in  the  article  it  should  be  inserted.  Include 
below  each  one,  when  pertinent,  a  full  note  labeled  "Source,"  crediting  the  originator  of  the  data.  Should  per- 
mission to  reprint  material  from  the  source  be  necessary,  request  it  and  the  desired  credit  line  from  the  copy- 
right holder,  in  writing,  and  submit  it  with  the  article.  Should  the  methodology  of  the  article  require  explana- 
tion, place  it  on  separate  double-spaced  pages  under  the  heading  "Methodology." 

3.  Provide  an  abstract  —  a  short  summary  of  the  article  —  of  about  150  words,  double-spaced,  labeled 
"Abstract,"  as  well  as  a  one-line  author  identification.  The  latter  should  include  professional  title(s)  and  affili- 
ation^). For  articles  by  multiple  authors,  identify  each  one. 

Example:  Shaun  O'Connell,  professor  of  English  at  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Boston,  specializes  in 
contemporary  Irish  and  American  literature. 

4.  Notes  must  appear  at  the  end  of  the  article.  It  is  especially  important  that  these  also  be  DOUBLE-SPACED. 
When  possible,  place  mathematical  formulas  in  the  endnotes.  Publication  data  for  citations  from  a  book  must 
include,  in  the  following  sequential  order:  full  first  name  or  initials  and  last  name  of  author(s),  editor,  compil- 
er, translator;  full  title,  including  subtitle,  of  the  work;  editor's  name  if  given  in  addition  to  author;  city  of  pub- 
lication; year  of  publication;  and  pertinent  page  number(s). 

For  example: 

Robert  Frost,  "The  Gift  Outright,"  in  The  Poetry  of  Robert  Frost,  edited  by  Edward  Connery  Lathem  (New 

York:  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston,  1975),  348. 

Richard  E.  Neustadt,  Presidential  Power  (New  York:  Wiley,  1960),  24. 

Publication  data  for  citations  from  an  article  in  a  periodical  must  include,  in  the  following  sequential  order: 
full  first  name  or  initials  and  last  name  of  author(s);  full  title,  including  subtitle  of  article;  full  name  of  peri- 
odical/journal, including  volume  and  issue  numbers;  and  pertinent  page  number(s). 

For  example: 

Shaun  O'Connell,  "The  Infrequent  Family:  In  Search  of  Boston's  Literary  Community,"  Boston  Magazine  67, 

no.  1  (January  1975):  44-47. 

5.  The  journal  uses  shortened  references  rather  than  op.  cit.  For  a  book,  include  last  name(s)  of  author(s);  short 
title  containing  key  word(s)  of  main  title;  and  page  number(s)  of  reference.  For  a  periodical  article,  include 
last  name(s)  of  author(s);  short  title  of  article;  and  page  number(s). 

For  example: 

Frost,  "The  Gift  Outright,"  348. 

Neustadt,  Presidential  Power,  24. 

O'Connell,  "Infrequent  Family,"  44-47. 

6.  We  are  happy  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have  about  these  guidelines.  Please  address  queries  and 
manuscripts  to: 

Clyde  W.  Barrow,  Managing  Editor,  New  England  Journal  of  Public  Policy 
Center  for  Policy  Analysis  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
Old  Westport  Road  North  Dartmouth,  Massachusetts  02747-2300 
Telephone:  508-999-8943;  Fax:  508-999-8374